1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 111 static int text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col); 112 #endif 113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 114 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 115 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 116 #endif 117 118 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 119 * loop. */ 120 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 121 122 /* 123 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 124 */ 125 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 126 127 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 128 static void win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum); 129 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 130 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 131 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 132 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 133 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 134 #endif 135 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 136 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 137 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 138 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 139 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 140 #endif 141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 142 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 143 static void start_search_hl(void); 144 static void end_search_hl(void); 145 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 146 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 147 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 148 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 149 #endif 150 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 151 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 153 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 154 #endif 155 static void screenclear2(void); 156 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 157 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 158 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 159 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 160 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 161 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 162 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 163 static void recording_mode(int attr); 164 static void draw_tabline(void); 165 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 166 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 167 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 168 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 169 #endif 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 171 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 174 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum); 175 #endif 176 177 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 178 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 179 180 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 181 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 182 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 183 #endif 184 185 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 186 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 187 #else 188 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 189 #endif 190 191 /* 192 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 193 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 194 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 195 */ 196 void 197 redraw_later(int type) 198 { 199 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 200 } 201 202 void 203 redraw_win_later( 204 win_T *wp, 205 int type) 206 { 207 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 208 { 209 wp->w_redr_type = type; 210 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 211 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 212 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 213 must_redraw = type; 214 } 215 } 216 217 /* 218 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 219 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 220 */ 221 void 222 redraw_later_clear(void) 223 { 224 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 225 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 226 if (gui.in_use) 227 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 228 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 229 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 230 else 231 #endif 232 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 233 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 234 } 235 236 /* 237 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 238 */ 239 void 240 redraw_all_later(int type) 241 { 242 win_T *wp; 243 244 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 245 { 246 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 247 } 248 } 249 250 /* 251 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 252 */ 253 void 254 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 255 { 256 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 257 } 258 259 void 260 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 261 { 262 win_T *wp; 263 264 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 265 { 266 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 267 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 268 } 269 } 270 271 void 272 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 273 { 274 win_T *wp; 275 276 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 277 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 278 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 279 * would disappear. */ 280 return; 281 #endif 282 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 283 { 284 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 285 { 286 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 287 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 /* 293 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 294 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 295 * Return a code indicating what happened. 296 */ 297 int 298 redraw_asap(int type) 299 { 300 int rows; 301 int cols = screen_Columns; 302 int r; 303 int ret = 0; 304 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 305 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 306 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 307 int i; 308 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 309 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 310 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 311 #endif 312 313 redraw_later(type); 314 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 315 return ret; 316 317 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 318 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 319 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 320 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 321 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 322 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 323 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 324 ret = 2; 325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 326 if (enc_utf8) 327 { 328 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 329 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 330 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 331 ret = 2; 332 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 333 { 334 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 335 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 336 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 337 ret = 2; 338 } 339 } 340 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 341 { 342 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 343 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 344 if (screenline2 == NULL) 345 ret = 2; 346 } 347 #endif 348 349 if (ret != 2) 350 { 351 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 352 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 353 { 354 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 355 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 356 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 357 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 358 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 359 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 361 if (enc_utf8) 362 { 363 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 364 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 365 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 366 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 367 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 368 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 369 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 370 } 371 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 372 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 373 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 374 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 375 #endif 376 } 377 378 update_screen(0); 379 ret = 3; 380 381 if (must_redraw == 0) 382 { 383 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 384 385 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 386 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 387 { 388 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 389 screenline + r * cols, 390 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 391 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 392 screenattr + r * cols, 393 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 395 if (enc_utf8) 396 { 397 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 398 screenlineUC + r * cols, 399 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 400 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 401 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 402 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 403 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 404 } 405 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 406 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 407 screenline2 + r * cols, 408 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 409 #endif 410 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 411 } 412 ret = 4; 413 } 414 } 415 416 vim_free(screenline); 417 vim_free(screenattr); 418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 419 if (enc_utf8) 420 { 421 vim_free(screenlineUC); 422 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 423 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 424 } 425 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 426 vim_free(screenline2); 427 #endif 428 429 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 430 maybe_intro_message(); 431 432 setcursor(); 433 434 return ret; 435 } 436 437 /* 438 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 439 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 440 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 441 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 442 * command line. 443 */ 444 void 445 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 446 { 447 ++redrawing_for_callback; 448 449 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 450 ; // do nothing 451 else if (State & CMDLINE) 452 { 453 // Don't redraw when in prompt_for_number(). 454 if (cmdline_row > 0) 455 { 456 // Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 457 // wildmenu entries. 458 if (msg_scrolled == 0 459 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 460 && wild_menu_showing == 0 461 #endif 462 && call_update_screen) 463 update_screen(0); 464 465 // Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 466 // editing the command. 467 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 468 } 469 } 470 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 471 { 472 // keep the command line if possible 473 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 474 setcursor(); 475 } 476 cursor_on(); 477 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 478 if (gui.in_use && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 479 // Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 480 // flicker. 481 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 482 else 483 #endif 484 out_flush(); 485 486 --redrawing_for_callback; 487 } 488 489 /* 490 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 491 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 492 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 493 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 494 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 495 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 496 */ 497 void 498 redrawWinline( 499 linenr_T lnum, 500 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 501 { 502 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 503 int i; 504 #endif 505 506 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 507 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 508 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 509 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 510 redraw_later(VALID); 511 512 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 513 if (invalid) 514 { 515 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 516 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 517 if (i >= 0) 518 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 519 } 520 #endif 521 } 522 523 void 524 reset_updating_screen(int may_resize_shell UNUSED) 525 { 526 updating_screen = FALSE; 527 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 528 if (may_resize_shell) 529 gui_may_resize_shell(); 530 #endif 531 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 532 term_check_channel_closed_recently(); 533 #endif 534 535 #ifdef HAVE_DROP_FILE 536 // If handle_drop() was called while updating_screen was TRUE need to 537 // handle the drop now. 538 handle_any_postponed_drop(); 539 #endif 540 } 541 542 /* 543 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 544 */ 545 void 546 update_curbuf(int type) 547 { 548 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 549 update_screen(type); 550 } 551 552 /* 553 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 554 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 555 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 556 */ 557 int 558 update_screen(int type_arg) 559 { 560 int type = type_arg; 561 win_T *wp; 562 static int did_intro = FALSE; 563 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 564 int did_one; 565 #endif 566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 567 int did_undraw = FALSE; 568 int gui_cursor_col; 569 int gui_cursor_row; 570 #endif 571 int no_update = FALSE; 572 573 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 574 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 575 return FAIL; 576 577 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 578 { 579 no_update = TRUE; 580 type = 0; 581 } 582 583 if (must_redraw) 584 { 585 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 586 type = must_redraw; 587 588 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 589 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 590 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 591 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 592 must_redraw = 0; 593 } 594 595 /* May need to update w_lines[]. */ 596 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID 597 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 598 && !term_do_update_window(curwin) 599 #endif 600 ) 601 type = NOT_VALID; 602 603 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 604 * recursively. */ 605 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 606 { 607 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 608 must_redraw = type; 609 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 610 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 611 return FAIL; 612 } 613 614 updating_screen = TRUE; 615 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 616 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 617 * display updating */ 618 #endif 619 if (no_update) 620 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 621 622 /* 623 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 624 */ 625 if (msg_scrolled) 626 { 627 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 628 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 629 type = CLEAR; 630 else if (type != CLEAR) 631 { 632 check_for_delay(FALSE); 633 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 634 == FAIL) 635 type = CLEAR; 636 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 637 { 638 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 639 { 640 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 641 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 642 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 643 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 644 { 645 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 646 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 647 } 648 else 649 { 650 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 651 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 652 <= msg_scrolled) 653 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 654 } 655 } 656 } 657 if (!no_update) 658 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 659 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 660 } 661 msg_scrolled = 0; 662 need_wait_return = FALSE; 663 } 664 665 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 666 compute_cmdrow(); 667 668 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 669 if (need_highlight_changed) 670 highlight_changed(); 671 672 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 673 { 674 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 675 type = NOT_VALID; 676 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 677 must_redraw = 0; 678 } 679 680 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 681 check_for_delay(FALSE); 682 683 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 684 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 685 * changes. */ 686 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 687 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 688 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 689 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 690 #endif 691 692 /* 693 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 694 */ 695 if (type == INVERTED) 696 update_curswant(); 697 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 698 && !((type == VALID 699 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 700 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 701 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 702 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 703 #endif 704 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 705 || (type == INVERTED 706 && VIsual_active 707 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 708 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 709 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 710 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 711 )) 712 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 713 714 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 715 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 716 draw_tabline(); 717 718 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 719 /* 720 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 721 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 722 */ 723 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 724 { 725 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 726 { 727 win_T *wwp; 728 729 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 730 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 731 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 732 break; 733 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 734 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 735 } 736 } 737 #endif 738 739 /* 740 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 741 * it. 742 */ 743 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 744 did_one = FALSE; 745 #endif 746 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 747 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 748 #endif 749 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 750 { 751 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 752 { 753 cursor_off(); 754 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 755 if (!did_one) 756 { 757 did_one = TRUE; 758 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 759 start_search_hl(); 760 # endif 761 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 762 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 763 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 764 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 765 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 766 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 767 # endif 768 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 769 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 770 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 771 * it. */ 772 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 773 { 774 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 775 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 776 gui_undraw_cursor(); 777 did_undraw = TRUE; 778 } 779 #endif 780 } 781 #endif 782 win_update(wp); 783 } 784 785 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 786 if (wp->w_redr_status) 787 { 788 cursor_off(); 789 win_redr_status(wp, TRUE); // any popup menu will be redrawn below 790 } 791 } 792 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 793 end_search_hl(); 794 #endif 795 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 796 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 797 pum_may_redraw(); 798 #endif 799 800 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 801 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 802 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 803 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 804 805 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 806 807 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 808 * mess up the command line. */ 809 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 810 showmode(); 811 812 if (no_update) 813 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 814 815 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 816 if (!did_intro) 817 maybe_intro_message(); 818 did_intro = TRUE; 819 820 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 821 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 822 * done. */ 823 if (gui.in_use) 824 { 825 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 826 { 827 mch_disable_flush(); 828 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 829 mch_enable_flush(); 830 831 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 832 * uses that. */ 833 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 834 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 835 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 836 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 837 # endif 838 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 839 gui_may_flush(); 840 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 841 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 842 } 843 else 844 out_flush(); 845 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 846 } 847 #endif 848 return OK; 849 } 850 851 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 852 /* 853 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 854 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 855 */ 856 static void 857 update_prepare(void) 858 { 859 cursor_off(); 860 updating_screen = TRUE; 861 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 862 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 863 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 864 if (gui.in_use) 865 gui_undraw_cursor(); 866 #endif 867 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 868 start_search_hl(); 869 #endif 870 } 871 872 /* 873 * Finish updating one or more windows. 874 */ 875 static void 876 update_finish(void) 877 { 878 if (redraw_cmdline) 879 showmode(); 880 881 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 882 end_search_hl(); 883 # endif 884 885 reset_updating_screen(TRUE); 886 887 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 888 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 889 * done. */ 890 if (gui.in_use) 891 { 892 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 893 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 894 } 895 # endif 896 } 897 #endif 898 899 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 900 /* 901 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 902 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 903 */ 904 int 905 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 906 { 907 int c; 908 909 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 910 return FALSE; 911 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 912 c = 'v'; 913 else if (State & INSERT) 914 c = 'i'; 915 else if (State & NORMAL) 916 c = 'n'; 917 else if (State & CMDLINE) 918 c = 'c'; 919 else 920 return FALSE; 921 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 922 } 923 924 /* 925 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 926 */ 927 void 928 conceal_check_cursor_line(void) 929 { 930 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 931 { 932 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 933 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 934 * without concealing. */ 935 curs_columns(TRUE); 936 } 937 } 938 939 void 940 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 941 { 942 int row; 943 int j; 944 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 945 proftime_T syntax_tm; 946 #endif 947 948 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 949 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 950 return; 951 952 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 953 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 954 { 955 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 956 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 957 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 958 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 959 #endif 960 update_prepare(); 961 962 row = 0; 963 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 964 { 965 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 966 { 967 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 968 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 969 init_search_hl(wp); 970 start_search_hl(); 971 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 972 # endif 973 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 974 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 975 end_search_hl(); 976 # endif 977 break; 978 } 979 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 980 } 981 982 update_finish(); 983 984 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 985 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 986 #endif 987 } 988 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 989 } 990 #endif 991 992 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 993 void 994 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 995 { 996 win_T *wp; 997 int doit = FALSE; 998 999 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1000 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1001 # endif 1002 1003 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 1004 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1005 { 1006 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 1007 { 1008 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 1009 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 1010 { 1011 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 1012 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 1013 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 1014 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 1015 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1016 } 1017 } 1018 else 1019 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 1020 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1021 doit = TRUE; 1022 } 1023 1024 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1025 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1026 */ 1027 if (!doit || updating_screen 1028 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1029 || msg_scrolled 1030 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1031 || gui.starting 1032 #endif 1033 || starting) 1034 return; 1035 1036 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1037 update_prepare(); 1038 1039 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1040 { 1041 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1042 win_update(wp); 1043 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1044 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1045 } 1046 1047 update_finish(); 1048 } 1049 #endif 1050 1051 1052 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1053 /* 1054 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1055 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1056 */ 1057 void 1058 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1059 { 1060 /* return if already busy updating */ 1061 if (updating_screen) 1062 return; 1063 1064 update_prepare(); 1065 1066 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1067 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1068 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1069 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1070 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1071 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1072 #endif 1073 1074 win_update(wp); 1075 1076 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1077 if (redraw_tabline) 1078 draw_tabline(); 1079 1080 if (wp->w_redr_status 1081 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1082 || p_ru 1083 # endif 1084 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1085 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1086 # endif 1087 ) 1088 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 1089 1090 update_finish(); 1091 } 1092 #endif 1093 1094 /* 1095 * Update a single window. 1096 * 1097 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1098 * screen or scrolling lines). 1099 * 1100 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1101 * implies the one below it. 1102 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1103 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1104 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1105 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1106 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1107 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1108 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1109 * 3. redraw changed text: 1110 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1111 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1112 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1113 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1114 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1115 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1116 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1117 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1118 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1119 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1120 */ 1121 static void 1122 win_update(win_T *wp) 1123 { 1124 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1125 int type; 1126 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1127 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1128 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1129 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1130 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1131 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1132 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1133 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1134 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1135 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1136 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1137 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1138 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1139 #endif 1140 1141 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1142 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1143 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1144 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1145 1146 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1147 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1148 int i; 1149 long j; 1150 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1151 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1152 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1153 long fold_count; 1154 #endif 1155 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1156 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1157 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1158 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1159 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1160 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1161 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1162 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1163 #endif 1164 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1165 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1166 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1167 int save_got_int; 1168 #endif 1169 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1170 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1171 #endif 1172 1173 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1174 1175 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1176 { 1177 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1178 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1179 } 1180 1181 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1182 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1183 { 1184 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1185 return; 1186 } 1187 1188 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1189 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1190 { 1191 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1192 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1193 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1194 return; 1195 } 1196 1197 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1198 // If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1199 if (term_do_update_window(wp)) 1200 { 1201 term_update_window(wp); 1202 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 1203 /* Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. */ 1204 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1205 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1206 # endif 1207 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1208 return; 1209 } 1210 #endif 1211 1212 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1213 init_search_hl(wp); 1214 #endif 1215 1216 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1217 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1218 * changes. */ 1219 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1220 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1221 { 1222 type = NOT_VALID; 1223 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1224 } 1225 else 1226 #endif 1227 1228 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1229 { 1230 /* 1231 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1232 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1233 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1234 */ 1235 type = NOT_VALID; 1236 } 1237 else 1238 { 1239 /* 1240 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1241 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1242 */ 1243 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1244 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1245 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1246 else 1247 mod_bot = 0; 1248 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1249 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1250 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1251 { 1252 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1253 { 1254 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1255 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1256 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1257 * in a pattern match. */ 1258 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1259 { 1260 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1261 if (mod_top < 1) 1262 mod_top = 1; 1263 } 1264 #endif 1265 } 1266 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1267 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1268 1269 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1270 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1271 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1272 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1273 * lines above the change. 1274 * Same for a match pattern. 1275 */ 1276 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1277 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1278 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1279 else 1280 { 1281 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1282 while (cur != NULL) 1283 { 1284 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1285 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1286 { 1287 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1288 break; 1289 } 1290 cur = cur->next; 1291 } 1292 } 1293 #endif 1294 } 1295 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1296 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1297 { 1298 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1299 1300 /* 1301 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1302 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1303 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1304 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1305 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1306 */ 1307 1308 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1309 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1310 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1311 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1312 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1313 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1314 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1315 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1316 { 1317 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1318 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1319 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1320 { 1321 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1322 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1323 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1324 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1325 ++lnumb; 1326 } 1327 } 1328 1329 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1330 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1331 mod_top = lnumt; 1332 1333 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1334 --mod_bot; 1335 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1336 ++mod_bot; 1337 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1338 mod_bot = lnumb; 1339 } 1340 #endif 1341 1342 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1343 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1344 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1345 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1346 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1347 { 1348 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1349 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1350 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1351 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1352 top_end = 1; 1353 #endif 1354 } 1355 1356 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1357 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1358 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1359 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1360 } 1361 1362 /* 1363 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1364 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1365 */ 1366 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1367 { 1368 j = 0; 1369 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1370 { 1371 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1372 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1373 { 1374 top_end = j; 1375 break; 1376 } 1377 } 1378 if (top_end == 0) 1379 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1380 type = NOT_VALID; 1381 else 1382 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1383 type = VALID; 1384 } 1385 1386 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1387 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1388 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1389 * called. */ 1390 if (screen_cleared) 1391 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1392 1393 /* 1394 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1395 * handle three cases: 1396 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1397 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1398 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1399 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1400 */ 1401 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1402 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1403 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1404 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1405 #endif 1406 ) 1407 { 1408 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1409 { 1410 /* 1411 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1412 * further down. 1413 */ 1414 } 1415 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1416 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1417 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1418 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1419 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1420 #endif 1421 )) 1422 { 1423 /* 1424 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1425 */ 1426 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1427 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1428 { 1429 linenr_T ln; 1430 1431 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1432 * of folded lines as one */ 1433 j = 0; 1434 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1435 { 1436 ++j; 1437 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1438 break; 1439 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1440 } 1441 } 1442 else 1443 #endif 1444 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1445 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1446 { 1447 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1448 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1449 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1450 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1451 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1452 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1453 #endif 1454 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1455 { 1456 /* 1457 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1458 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1459 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1460 */ 1461 if (i > 0) 1462 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1463 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1464 { 1465 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1466 { 1467 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1468 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1469 top_end = i; 1470 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1471 1472 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1473 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1474 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1475 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1476 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1477 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1478 while (idx >= 0) 1479 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1480 } 1481 } 1482 else 1483 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1484 } 1485 else 1486 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1487 } 1488 else 1489 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1490 } 1491 else 1492 { 1493 /* 1494 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1495 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1496 * needs updating. 1497 */ 1498 1499 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1500 j = -1; 1501 row = 0; 1502 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1503 { 1504 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1505 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1506 { 1507 j = i; 1508 break; 1509 } 1510 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1511 } 1512 if (j == -1) 1513 { 1514 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1515 * lines */ 1516 mid_start = 0; 1517 } 1518 else 1519 { 1520 /* 1521 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1522 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1523 */ 1524 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1525 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1526 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1527 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1528 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1529 else 1530 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1531 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1532 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1533 #endif 1534 if (row > 0) 1535 { 1536 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1537 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1538 == OK) 1539 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1540 else 1541 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1542 } 1543 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1544 { 1545 /* 1546 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1547 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1548 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1549 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1550 */ 1551 bot_start = 0; 1552 idx = 0; 1553 for (;;) 1554 { 1555 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1556 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1557 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1558 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1559 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1560 { 1561 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1562 break; 1563 } 1564 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1565 1566 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1567 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1568 { 1569 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1570 break; 1571 } 1572 } 1573 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1574 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1575 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1576 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1577 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1578 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1579 + wp->w_topfill; 1580 #endif 1581 } 1582 } 1583 } 1584 1585 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1586 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1587 * first. */ 1588 if (mid_start == 0) 1589 { 1590 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1591 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1592 { 1593 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1594 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1595 * then. */ 1596 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1597 screenclear(); 1598 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1599 if (redraw_tabline) 1600 draw_tabline(); 1601 } 1602 } 1603 1604 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1605 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1606 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1607 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1608 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1609 must_redraw = 0; 1610 } 1611 else 1612 { 1613 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1614 mid_start = 0; 1615 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1616 } 1617 1618 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1619 { 1620 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1621 mid_start = 0; 1622 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1623 type = NOT_VALID; 1624 } 1625 1626 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1627 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1628 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1629 { 1630 linenr_T from, to; 1631 1632 if (VIsual_active) 1633 { 1634 if (VIsual_active 1635 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1636 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1637 { 1638 /* 1639 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1640 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1641 * gained or lost. 1642 */ 1643 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1644 { 1645 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1646 to = VIsual.lnum; 1647 } 1648 else 1649 { 1650 from = VIsual.lnum; 1651 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1652 } 1653 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1654 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1655 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1656 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1657 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1658 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1659 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1660 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1661 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1662 } 1663 else 1664 { 1665 /* 1666 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1667 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1668 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1669 */ 1670 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1671 { 1672 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1673 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1674 } 1675 else 1676 { 1677 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1678 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1679 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1680 from = to; 1681 } 1682 1683 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1684 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1685 { 1686 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1687 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1688 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1689 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1690 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1691 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1692 from = VIsual.lnum; 1693 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1694 to = VIsual.lnum; 1695 } 1696 } 1697 1698 /* 1699 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1700 * update all lines. 1701 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1702 */ 1703 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1704 { 1705 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1706 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1707 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1708 1709 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1710 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1711 #endif 1712 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1713 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1714 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1715 #endif 1716 ++toc; 1717 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1718 toc = MAXCOL; 1719 1720 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1721 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1722 { 1723 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1724 from = VIsual.lnum; 1725 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1726 to = VIsual.lnum; 1727 } 1728 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1729 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1730 } 1731 } 1732 else 1733 { 1734 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1735 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1736 { 1737 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1738 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1739 } 1740 else 1741 { 1742 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1743 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1744 } 1745 } 1746 1747 /* 1748 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1749 */ 1750 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1751 from = wp->w_topline; 1752 1753 /* 1754 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1755 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1756 */ 1757 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1758 { 1759 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1760 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1761 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1762 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1763 } 1764 1765 /* 1766 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1767 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1768 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1769 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1770 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1771 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1772 * mid_end (in srow). 1773 */ 1774 if (mid_start > 0) 1775 { 1776 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1777 idx = 0; 1778 srow = 0; 1779 if (scrolled_down) 1780 mid_start = top_end; 1781 else 1782 mid_start = 0; 1783 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1784 { 1785 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1786 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1787 else if (!scrolled_down) 1788 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1789 ++idx; 1790 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1791 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1792 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1793 else 1794 # endif 1795 ++lnum; 1796 } 1797 srow += mid_start; 1798 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1799 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1800 { 1801 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1802 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1803 { 1804 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1805 mid_end = srow; 1806 break; 1807 } 1808 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1809 } 1810 } 1811 } 1812 1813 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1814 { 1815 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1816 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1817 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1818 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1819 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1820 } 1821 else 1822 { 1823 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1824 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1825 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1826 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1827 } 1828 1829 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1830 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1831 save_got_int = got_int; 1832 got_int = 0; 1833 #endif 1834 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1835 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1836 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1837 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1838 #endif 1839 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1840 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1841 #endif 1842 1843 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1844 /* 1845 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1846 * TODO: only when needed. 1847 */ 1848 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1849 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1850 #endif 1851 1852 /* 1853 * Update all the window rows. 1854 */ 1855 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1856 row = 0; 1857 srow = 0; 1858 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1859 for (;;) 1860 { 1861 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1862 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1863 if (row == wp->w_height) 1864 { 1865 didline = TRUE; 1866 break; 1867 } 1868 1869 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1870 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1871 { 1872 eof = TRUE; 1873 break; 1874 } 1875 1876 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1877 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1878 srow = row; 1879 1880 /* 1881 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1882 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1883 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1884 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1885 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1886 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1887 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1888 */ 1889 if (row < top_end 1890 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1891 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1892 || top_to_mod 1893 #endif 1894 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1895 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1896 || (mod_top != 0 1897 && (lnum == mod_top 1898 || (lnum >= mod_top 1899 && (lnum < mod_bot 1900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1901 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1902 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1903 && syntax_present(wp) 1904 && ( 1905 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1906 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1907 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1908 # endif 1909 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1910 #endif 1911 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1912 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1913 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1914 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1915 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1916 #endif 1917 ))))) 1918 { 1919 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1920 if (lnum == mod_top) 1921 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1922 #endif 1923 1924 /* 1925 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1926 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1927 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1928 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1929 */ 1930 if (lnum == mod_top 1931 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1932 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1933 { 1934 int old_rows = 0; 1935 int new_rows = 0; 1936 int xtra_rows; 1937 linenr_T l; 1938 1939 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1940 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1941 * currently displayed. */ 1942 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1943 { 1944 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1945 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1946 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1947 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1948 break; 1949 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1951 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1952 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1953 { 1954 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1955 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1956 ++i; 1957 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1958 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1959 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1960 break; 1961 } 1962 #endif 1963 } 1964 1965 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1966 { 1967 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1968 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1969 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1970 bot_start = 0; 1971 } 1972 else 1973 { 1974 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1975 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1976 j = idx; 1977 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1978 { 1979 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1980 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1981 ++new_rows; 1982 else 1983 #endif 1984 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1985 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1986 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1987 + wp->w_topfill; 1988 else 1989 #endif 1990 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1991 ++j; 1992 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1993 { 1994 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1995 new_rows = 9999; 1996 break; 1997 } 1998 } 1999 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 2000 if (xtra_rows < 0) 2001 { 2002 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 2003 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 2004 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 2005 * below the scrolled text. */ 2006 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2007 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2008 else 2009 { 2010 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2011 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 2012 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 2013 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2014 else 2015 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 2016 } 2017 } 2018 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 2019 { 2020 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 2021 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 2022 * rest. */ 2023 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2024 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2025 else 2026 { 2027 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2028 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2029 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2030 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2031 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2032 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2033 * updating down. */ 2034 top_end += xtra_rows; 2035 } 2036 } 2037 2038 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2039 * entries. */ 2040 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2041 { 2042 if (j < i) 2043 { 2044 int x = row + new_rows; 2045 2046 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2047 for (;;) 2048 { 2049 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2050 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2051 { 2052 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2053 break; 2054 } 2055 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2056 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2057 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2058 > wp->w_height) 2059 { 2060 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2061 break; 2062 } 2063 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2064 ++i; 2065 } 2066 if (bot_start > x) 2067 bot_start = x; 2068 } 2069 else /* j > i */ 2070 { 2071 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2072 j -= i; 2073 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2074 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2075 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2076 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2077 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2078 2079 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2080 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2081 * Reset to zero. */ 2082 while (i >= idx) 2083 { 2084 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2085 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2086 } 2087 } 2088 } 2089 } 2090 } 2091 2092 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2093 /* 2094 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2095 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2096 * 'wrap' is on). 2097 */ 2098 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2099 if (fold_count != 0) 2100 { 2101 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2102 ++row; 2103 --fold_count; 2104 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2105 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2106 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2107 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2108 # endif 2109 } 2110 else 2111 #endif 2112 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2113 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2114 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2115 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2116 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2117 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2118 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2119 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2120 #endif 2121 ) 2122 { 2123 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2124 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2125 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2126 } 2127 else 2128 { 2129 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2130 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2131 #endif 2132 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2133 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2134 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2135 && syntax_present(wp)) 2136 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2137 #endif 2138 2139 /* 2140 * Display one line. 2141 */ 2142 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2143 2144 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2145 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2146 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2147 #endif 2148 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2149 did_update = DID_LINE; 2150 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2151 #endif 2152 } 2153 2154 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2155 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2156 2157 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2158 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2159 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2160 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2161 { 2162 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2163 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2164 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2165 ++idx; 2166 break; 2167 } 2168 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2169 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2170 ++idx; 2171 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2172 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2173 #else 2174 ++lnum; 2175 #endif 2176 } 2177 else 2178 { 2179 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2180 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2181 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2182 break; 2183 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2184 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2185 #else 2186 ++lnum; 2187 #endif 2188 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2189 did_update = DID_NONE; 2190 #endif 2191 } 2192 2193 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2194 { 2195 eof = TRUE; 2196 break; 2197 } 2198 } 2199 /* 2200 * End of loop over all window lines. 2201 */ 2202 2203 #ifdef FEAT_VTP 2204 /* Rewrite the character at the end of the screen line. */ 2205 if (use_vtp()) 2206 { 2207 int i; 2208 2209 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 2210 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2211 if (enc_utf8) 2212 if ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 2, 2213 LineOffset[i] + screen_Columns) > 1) 2214 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 2, 1, 2, FALSE); 2215 else 2216 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 1, 1, 1, FALSE); 2217 else 2218 # endif 2219 screen_char(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 1, i, Columns - 1); 2220 } 2221 #endif 2222 2223 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2224 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2225 2226 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2227 /* 2228 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2229 */ 2230 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2231 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2232 #endif 2233 2234 /* 2235 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2236 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2237 */ 2238 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2239 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2240 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2241 #endif 2242 if (!eof && !didline) 2243 { 2244 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2245 { 2246 /* 2247 * Single line that does not fit! 2248 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2249 */ 2250 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2251 } 2252 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2253 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2254 { 2255 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2256 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2257 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2258 } 2259 #endif 2260 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2261 { 2262 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2263 2264 /* 2265 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2266 */ 2267 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2268 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2269 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2270 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2271 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2272 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2273 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2274 } 2275 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2276 { 2277 /* 2278 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2279 */ 2280 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2281 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2282 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2283 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2284 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2285 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2286 } 2287 else 2288 { 2289 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2290 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2291 } 2292 } 2293 else 2294 { 2295 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2296 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2297 { 2298 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2300 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2301 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2302 { 2303 /* 2304 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2305 */ 2306 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2307 i = '-'; 2308 else 2309 i = fill_diff; 2310 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2311 j = wp->w_height - row; 2312 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2313 row += j; 2314 } 2315 #endif 2316 } 2317 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2318 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2319 2320 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2321 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2322 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2323 } 2324 2325 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2326 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2327 #endif 2328 2329 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2330 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2331 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2332 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2333 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2334 #endif 2335 2336 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2337 { 2338 /* 2339 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2340 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2341 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2342 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2343 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2344 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2345 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2346 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2347 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2348 * changes are relevant). 2349 */ 2350 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2351 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2352 { 2353 recursive = TRUE; 2354 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2355 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2356 if (must_redraw != 0) 2357 { 2358 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2359 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2360 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2361 win_update(curwin); 2362 must_redraw = 0; 2363 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2364 } 2365 recursive = FALSE; 2366 } 2367 } 2368 2369 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2370 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2371 if (!got_int) 2372 got_int = save_got_int; 2373 #endif 2374 } 2375 2376 /* 2377 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2378 * as the filler character. 2379 */ 2380 static void 2381 win_draw_end( 2382 win_T *wp, 2383 int c1, 2384 int c2, 2385 int row, 2386 int endrow, 2387 hlf_T hl) 2388 { 2389 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2390 int n = 0; 2391 # define FDC_OFF n 2392 #else 2393 # define FDC_OFF 0 2394 #endif 2395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2396 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2397 #endif 2398 2399 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2400 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2401 { 2402 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2403 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2404 n = fdc; 2405 2406 if (n > 0) 2407 { 2408 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2409 if (n > wp->w_width) 2410 n = wp->w_width; 2411 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2412 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2413 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2414 } 2415 # endif 2416 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2417 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2418 { 2419 int nn = n + 2; 2420 2421 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2422 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2423 nn = wp->w_width; 2424 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2425 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2426 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2427 n = nn; 2428 } 2429 # endif 2430 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2431 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2432 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2433 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2434 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2435 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2436 } 2437 else 2438 #endif 2439 { 2440 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2441 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2442 { 2443 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2444 n = 1; 2445 if (n > wp->w_width) 2446 n = wp->w_width; 2447 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2448 wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_wincol + n, 2449 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2450 } 2451 #endif 2452 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2453 if (fdc > 0) 2454 { 2455 int nn = n + fdc; 2456 2457 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2458 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2459 nn = wp->w_width; 2460 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2461 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2462 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2463 n = nn; 2464 } 2465 #endif 2466 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2467 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2468 { 2469 int nn = n + 2; 2470 2471 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2472 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2473 nn = wp->w_width; 2474 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2475 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2476 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2477 n = nn; 2478 } 2479 #endif 2480 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2481 wp->w_wincol + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2482 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2483 } 2484 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2485 } 2486 2487 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2488 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2489 2490 /* 2491 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2492 */ 2493 static int 2494 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2495 { 2496 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2497 ++*color_cols; 2498 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2499 } 2500 #endif 2501 2502 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2503 /* 2504 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2505 * Returns the next screen column. 2506 */ 2507 static int 2508 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2509 { 2510 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2511 2512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2513 if (has_mbyte) 2514 { 2515 int cells; 2516 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2517 int i; 2518 int idx; 2519 int c_len; 2520 char_u *p; 2521 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2522 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2523 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2524 # endif 2525 2526 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2527 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2528 idx = off; 2529 else 2530 # endif 2531 idx = off + col; 2532 2533 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2534 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2535 { 2536 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2537 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2538 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2539 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2540 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2541 # endif 2542 ) 2543 break; 2544 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2545 if (enc_utf8) 2546 { 2547 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2548 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2549 { 2550 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2551 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2552 prev_c = u8c; 2553 #endif 2554 } 2555 else 2556 { 2557 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2558 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2559 { 2560 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2561 int pc, pc1, nc; 2562 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2563 int firstbyte = *p; 2564 2565 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2566 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2567 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2568 { 2569 pc = prev_c; 2570 pc1 = prev_c1; 2571 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2572 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2573 } 2574 else 2575 { 2576 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2577 nc = prev_c; 2578 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2579 } 2580 prev_c = u8c; 2581 2582 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2583 pc, pc1, nc); 2584 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2585 } 2586 else 2587 prev_c = u8c; 2588 #endif 2589 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2590 #ifdef UNICODE16 2591 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2592 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2593 else 2594 #endif 2595 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2596 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2597 { 2598 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2599 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2600 break; 2601 } 2602 } 2603 if (cells > 1) 2604 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2605 } 2606 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2607 /* double-byte single width character */ 2608 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2609 else if (cells > 1) 2610 /* double-width character */ 2611 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2612 col += cells; 2613 idx += cells; 2614 p += c_len; 2615 } 2616 } 2617 else 2618 #endif 2619 { 2620 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2621 2622 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2623 len = wp->w_width - col; 2624 if (len > 0) 2625 { 2626 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2627 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2628 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2629 else 2630 #endif 2631 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2632 col += len; 2633 } 2634 } 2635 return col; 2636 } 2637 #endif 2638 2639 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2640 /* 2641 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2642 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2643 */ 2644 static int 2645 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2646 { 2647 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2648 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2649 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2650 2651 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2652 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2653 return fdc; 2654 } 2655 2656 /* 2657 * Display one folded line. 2658 */ 2659 static void 2660 fold_line( 2661 win_T *wp, 2662 long fold_count, 2663 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2664 linenr_T lnum, 2665 int row) 2666 { 2667 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2668 pos_T *top, *bot; 2669 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2670 int len; 2671 char_u *text; 2672 int fdc; 2673 int col; 2674 int txtcol; 2675 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2676 int ri; 2677 2678 /* Build the fold line: 2679 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2680 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2681 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2682 * 4. Compose the text 2683 * 5. Add the text 2684 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2685 */ 2686 col = 0; 2687 2688 /* 2689 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2690 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2691 */ 2692 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2693 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2694 { 2695 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2696 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2698 if (enc_utf8) 2699 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2700 #endif 2701 ++col; 2702 } 2703 #endif 2704 2705 /* 2706 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2707 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2708 */ 2709 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2710 if (fdc > 0) 2711 { 2712 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2713 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2714 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2715 { 2716 int i; 2717 2718 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2719 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2720 /* reverse the fold column */ 2721 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2722 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2723 } 2724 else 2725 #endif 2726 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2727 col += fdc; 2728 } 2729 2730 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2731 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2732 do { \ 2733 if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2734 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2735 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2736 else \ 2737 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2738 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2739 } while (0) 2740 #else 2741 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) \ 2742 do { \ 2743 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2744 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v; \ 2745 } while (0) 2746 #endif 2747 2748 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2749 * text */ 2750 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2751 2752 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2753 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2754 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2755 { 2756 len = wp->w_width - col; 2757 if (len > 0) 2758 { 2759 if (len > 2) 2760 len = 2; 2761 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2762 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2763 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2764 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2765 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2766 else 2767 # endif 2768 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2769 col += len; 2770 } 2771 } 2772 #endif 2773 2774 /* 2775 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2776 */ 2777 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2778 { 2779 len = wp->w_width - col; 2780 if (len > 0) 2781 { 2782 int w = number_width(wp); 2783 long num; 2784 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2785 2786 if (len > w + 1) 2787 len = w + 1; 2788 2789 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2790 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2791 num = (long)lnum; 2792 else 2793 { 2794 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2795 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2796 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2797 { 2798 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2799 * line number */ 2800 num = lnum; 2801 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2802 } 2803 } 2804 2805 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2806 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2807 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2808 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2809 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2810 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2811 else 2812 #endif 2813 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2814 col += len; 2815 } 2816 } 2817 2818 /* 2819 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2820 */ 2821 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2822 2823 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2824 2825 /* 2826 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2827 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2828 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2829 */ 2830 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2831 2832 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2833 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2834 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2835 col -= txtcol; 2836 #endif 2837 while (col < wp->w_width 2838 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2839 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2840 #endif 2841 ) 2842 { 2843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2844 if (enc_utf8) 2845 { 2846 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2847 { 2848 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2849 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2850 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2851 } 2852 else 2853 { 2854 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2855 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2856 } 2857 col++; 2858 } 2859 else 2860 #endif 2861 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2862 } 2863 2864 if (text != buf) 2865 vim_free(text); 2866 2867 /* 2868 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2869 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2870 */ 2871 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2872 { 2873 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2874 { 2875 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2876 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2877 bot = &VIsual; 2878 } 2879 else 2880 { 2881 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2882 top = &VIsual; 2883 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2884 } 2885 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2886 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2887 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2888 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2889 || (lnum == top->lnum 2890 && top->col == 0)) 2891 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2892 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2893 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2894 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2895 { 2896 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2897 { 2898 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2899 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2900 { 2901 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2902 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2903 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2904 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2905 else 2906 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2907 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2908 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2909 } 2910 } 2911 else 2912 { 2913 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2914 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2915 } 2916 } 2917 } 2918 2919 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2920 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2921 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2922 { 2923 int i = 0; 2924 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2925 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2926 2927 while (j > -1) 2928 { 2929 txtcol += j; 2930 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2931 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2932 else 2933 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2934 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2935 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2936 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2937 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2938 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2939 } 2940 } 2941 2942 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2943 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2944 { 2945 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2946 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2947 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2948 else 2949 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2950 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2951 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2952 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2953 } 2954 #endif 2955 2956 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2957 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 2958 2959 /* 2960 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2961 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2962 */ 2963 if (wp == curwin 2964 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2965 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2966 { 2967 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2968 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2969 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2970 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2971 } 2972 } 2973 2974 /* 2975 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2976 */ 2977 static void 2978 copy_text_attr( 2979 int off, 2980 char_u *buf, 2981 int len, 2982 int attr) 2983 { 2984 int i; 2985 2986 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2987 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2988 if (enc_utf8) 2989 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2990 # endif 2991 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2992 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2993 } 2994 2995 /* 2996 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2997 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2998 */ 2999 static void 3000 fill_foldcolumn( 3001 char_u *p, 3002 win_T *wp, 3003 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 3004 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 3005 { 3006 int i = 0; 3007 int level; 3008 int first_level; 3009 int empty; 3010 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3011 3012 /* Init to all spaces. */ 3013 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 3014 3015 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 3016 if (level > 0) 3017 { 3018 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 3019 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 3020 3021 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 3022 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 3023 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 3024 if (first_level < 1) 3025 first_level = 1; 3026 3027 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 3028 { 3029 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 3030 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 3031 p[i] = '-'; 3032 else if (first_level == 1) 3033 p[i] = '|'; 3034 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 3035 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 3036 else 3037 p[i] = '>'; 3038 if (first_level + i == level) 3039 break; 3040 } 3041 } 3042 if (closed) 3043 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 3044 } 3045 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 3046 3047 /* 3048 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3049 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3050 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3051 * 3052 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3053 */ 3054 static int 3055 win_line( 3056 win_T *wp, 3057 linenr_T lnum, 3058 int startrow, 3059 int endrow, 3060 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 3061 { 3062 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3063 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3064 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3065 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3066 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3067 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3068 #endif 3069 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3070 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3071 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3072 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3073 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3074 3075 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3076 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3077 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3078 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3079 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3080 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3081 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3082 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3083 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3084 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3085 3086 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3087 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3088 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3089 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3090 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3091 3092 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3093 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3094 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3095 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3096 3097 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3098 3099 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3100 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3101 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3102 pos_T *top, *bot; 3103 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3104 pos_T pos; 3105 long v; 3106 3107 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3108 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3109 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3110 in this line */ 3111 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3112 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3113 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3114 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3115 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3116 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3117 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3118 int save_did_emsg; 3119 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3120 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3121 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3122 #endif 3123 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3124 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3125 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3126 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3127 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3128 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3129 starts */ 3130 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3131 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3132 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3133 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3134 * there are no spell errors */ 3135 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3136 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3137 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3138 #endif 3139 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3141 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3142 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3143 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3144 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3145 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3146 #endif 3147 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3148 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3149 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3150 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3151 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3152 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3153 #endif 3154 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3155 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3156 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3157 chars */ 3158 #endif 3159 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3160 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3161 # define LINE_ATTR 3162 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3163 #endif 3164 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3165 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3166 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3167 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3168 has been processed or not */ 3169 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3170 in progress */ 3171 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3172 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3173 of the matches */ 3174 #endif 3175 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3176 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3177 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3178 #endif 3179 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3180 int did_line_attr = 0; 3181 #endif 3182 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3183 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3184 int term_attr = 0; /* background for terminal window */ 3185 #endif 3186 3187 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3188 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3189 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3190 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3191 #else 3192 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3193 #endif 3194 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3195 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3196 #else 3197 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3198 #endif 3199 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3200 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3201 #else 3202 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3203 #endif 3204 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3205 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3206 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3207 #else 3208 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3209 #endif 3210 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3211 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3212 #else 3213 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3214 #endif 3215 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3216 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3217 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3218 int feedback_col = 0; 3219 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3220 #endif 3221 3222 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3223 int syntax_flags = 0; 3224 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3225 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3226 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3227 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3228 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3229 wrapping */ 3230 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3231 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3232 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3233 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3234 int old_boguscols = 0; 3235 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3236 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3237 { \ 3238 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3239 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3240 vcol_off = 0; \ 3241 col -= boguscols; \ 3242 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3243 boguscols = 0; \ 3244 } 3245 #else 3246 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3247 #endif 3248 3249 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3250 return startrow; 3251 3252 row = startrow; 3253 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3254 3255 /* 3256 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3257 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3258 */ 3259 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3260 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3261 #else 3262 extra_check = 0; 3263 #endif 3264 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3265 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3266 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3267 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3268 # endif 3269 ) 3270 { 3271 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3272 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3273 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3274 did_emsg = FALSE; 3275 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3276 if (did_emsg) 3277 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3278 else 3279 { 3280 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3281 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3282 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3283 #endif 3284 { 3285 has_syntax = TRUE; 3286 extra_check = TRUE; 3287 } 3288 } 3289 } 3290 3291 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3292 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3293 if (color_cols != NULL) 3294 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3295 #endif 3296 3297 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3298 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3299 { 3300 extra_check = TRUE; 3301 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3302 term_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3303 } 3304 #endif 3305 3306 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3307 if (wp->w_p_spell 3308 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3309 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3310 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3311 { 3312 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3313 has_spell = TRUE; 3314 extra_check = TRUE; 3315 3316 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3317 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3318 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3319 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3320 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3321 { 3322 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3323 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3324 } 3325 3326 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3327 * line is valid. */ 3328 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3329 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3330 checked_lnum = 0; 3331 3332 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3333 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3334 * the first word. */ 3335 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3336 cap_col = -1; 3337 if (lnum == 1) 3338 cap_col = 0; 3339 capcol_lnum = 0; 3340 } 3341 #endif 3342 3343 /* 3344 * handle visual active in this window 3345 */ 3346 fromcol = -10; 3347 tocol = MAXCOL; 3348 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3349 { 3350 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3351 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3352 { 3353 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3354 bot = &VIsual; 3355 } 3356 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3357 { 3358 top = &VIsual; 3359 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3360 } 3361 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3362 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3363 { 3364 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3365 { 3366 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3367 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3368 } 3369 } 3370 else /* non-block mode */ 3371 { 3372 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3373 fromcol = 0; 3374 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3375 { 3376 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3377 fromcol = 0; 3378 else 3379 { 3380 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3381 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3382 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3383 } 3384 } 3385 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3386 { 3387 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3389 && bot->coladd == 0 3390 #endif 3391 ) 3392 { 3393 fromcol = -10; 3394 tocol = MAXCOL; 3395 } 3396 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3397 tocol = MAXCOL; 3398 else 3399 { 3400 pos = *bot; 3401 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3402 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3403 else 3404 { 3405 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3406 ++tocol; 3407 } 3408 } 3409 } 3410 } 3411 3412 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3413 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3414 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3415 && !gui.in_use 3416 #endif 3417 ) 3418 noinvcur = TRUE; 3419 3420 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3421 if (fromcol >= 0) 3422 { 3423 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3424 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3425 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3426 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3427 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3428 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3429 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3430 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3431 #endif 3432 } 3433 } 3434 3435 /* 3436 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3437 */ 3438 else if (highlight_match 3439 && wp == curwin 3440 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3441 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3442 { 3443 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3444 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3445 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3446 else 3447 fromcol = 0; 3448 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3449 { 3450 pos.lnum = lnum; 3451 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3452 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3453 } 3454 else 3455 tocol = MAXCOL; 3456 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3457 if (fromcol == tocol) 3458 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3459 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3460 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3461 } 3462 3463 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3464 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3465 if (filler_lines < 0) 3466 { 3467 if (filler_lines == -1) 3468 { 3469 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3470 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3471 else if (change_start == 0) 3472 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3473 else 3474 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3475 } 3476 else 3477 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3478 filler_lines = 0; 3479 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3480 } 3481 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3482 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3483 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3484 #endif 3485 3486 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3487 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3488 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3489 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3490 if (v != 0) 3491 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3492 # endif 3493 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3494 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3495 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3496 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3497 # endif 3498 if (line_attr != 0) 3499 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3500 #endif 3501 3502 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3503 ptr = line; 3504 3505 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3506 if (has_spell) 3507 { 3508 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3509 if (cap_col == 0) 3510 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3511 3512 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3513 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3514 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3515 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3516 { 3517 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3518 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3519 nextline_idx = 0; 3520 } 3521 else 3522 { 3523 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3524 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3525 { 3526 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3527 * next line. */ 3528 nextlinecol = 0; 3529 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3530 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3531 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3532 } 3533 else 3534 { 3535 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3536 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3537 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3538 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3539 } 3540 } 3541 } 3542 #endif 3543 3544 if (wp->w_p_list) 3545 { 3546 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3547 extra_check = TRUE; 3548 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3549 if (lcs_trail) 3550 { 3551 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3552 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3553 --trailcol; 3554 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3555 } 3556 } 3557 3558 /* 3559 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3560 * first character to be displayed. 3561 */ 3562 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3563 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3564 else 3565 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3566 if (v > 0) 3567 { 3568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3569 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3570 #endif 3571 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3572 { 3573 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3574 vcol += c; 3575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3576 prev_ptr = ptr; 3577 #endif 3578 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3579 } 3580 3581 /* When: 3582 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3583 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3584 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3585 * - the visual mode is active, 3586 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3587 */ 3588 if (vcol < v && ( 3589 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3590 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3591 #endif 3592 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3593 virtual_active() || 3594 #endif 3595 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3596 { 3597 vcol = v; 3598 } 3599 3600 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3601 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3602 if (vcol > v) 3603 { 3604 vcol -= c; 3605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3606 ptr = prev_ptr; 3607 #else 3608 --ptr; 3609 #endif 3610 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3611 * Except for a TAB. */ 3612 if (( 3613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3614 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3615 #endif 3616 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3617 n_skip = v - vcol; 3618 } 3619 3620 /* 3621 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3622 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3623 */ 3624 if (tocol <= vcol) 3625 fromcol = 0; 3626 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3627 fromcol = vcol; 3628 3629 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3630 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3631 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3632 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3633 #endif 3634 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3635 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3636 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3637 if (has_spell) 3638 { 3639 int len; 3640 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3641 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3642 3643 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3644 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3645 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3646 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3647 3648 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3649 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3650 ptr = line + linecol; 3651 3652 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3653 { 3654 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3655 * word */ 3656 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3657 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3658 } 3659 else 3660 { 3661 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3662 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3663 3664 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3665 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3666 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3667 } 3668 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3669 3670 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3671 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3672 if (has_syntax) 3673 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3674 # endif 3675 } 3676 #endif 3677 } 3678 3679 /* 3680 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3681 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3682 */ 3683 if (fromcol >= 0) 3684 { 3685 if (noinvcur) 3686 { 3687 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3688 { 3689 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3690 * cursor */ 3691 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3692 fromcol = -1; 3693 } 3694 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3695 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3696 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3697 } 3698 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3699 fromcol = -1; 3700 } 3701 3702 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3703 /* 3704 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3705 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3706 */ 3707 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3708 shl_flag = FALSE; 3709 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3710 { 3711 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3712 { 3713 shl = &search_hl; 3714 shl_flag = TRUE; 3715 } 3716 else 3717 shl = &cur->hl; 3718 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3719 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3720 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3721 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3722 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3723 if (cur != NULL) 3724 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3725 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3726 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3727 3728 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3729 * invalid. */ 3730 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3731 ptr = line + v; 3732 3733 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3734 { 3735 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3736 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3737 else 3738 shl->startcol = 0; 3739 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3740 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3741 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3742 else 3743 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3744 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3745 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3746 { 3747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3748 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3749 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3750 else 3751 #endif 3752 ++shl->endcol; 3753 } 3754 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3755 { 3756 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3757 search_attr = shl->attr; 3758 } 3759 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3760 } 3761 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3762 cur = cur->next; 3763 } 3764 #endif 3765 3766 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3767 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3768 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3769 * then. */ 3770 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3771 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3772 { 3773 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3774 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3775 } 3776 #endif 3777 3778 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3779 col = 0; 3780 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3781 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3782 { 3783 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3784 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3785 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3786 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3787 off += col; 3788 } 3789 #endif 3790 3791 /* 3792 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3793 */ 3794 for (;;) 3795 { 3796 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3797 has_match_conc = 0; 3798 #endif 3799 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3800 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3801 { 3802 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3803 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3804 { 3805 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3806 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3807 { 3808 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3809 n_extra = 1; 3810 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3811 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3812 } 3813 } 3814 #endif 3815 3816 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3817 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3818 { 3819 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3820 3821 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3822 if (fdc > 0) 3823 { 3824 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3825 * already be in use. */ 3826 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3827 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3828 3829 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3830 { 3831 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3832 n_extra = fdc; 3833 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3834 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3835 c_extra = NUL; 3836 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3837 } 3838 } 3839 } 3840 #endif 3841 3842 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3843 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3844 { 3845 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3846 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3847 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3848 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3849 { 3850 int text_sign; 3851 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3852 int icon_sign; 3853 # endif 3854 3855 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3856 c_extra = ' '; 3857 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3858 n_extra = 2; 3859 3860 if (row == startrow 3861 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3862 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3863 #endif 3864 ) 3865 { 3866 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3867 SIGN_TEXT); 3868 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3869 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3870 SIGN_ICON); 3871 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3872 { 3873 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3874 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3875 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3876 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3877 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3878 # endif 3879 char_attr = icon_sign; 3880 } 3881 else 3882 # endif 3883 if (text_sign != 0) 3884 { 3885 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3886 if (p_extra != NULL) 3887 { 3888 c_extra = NUL; 3889 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3890 } 3891 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3892 } 3893 } 3894 } 3895 } 3896 #endif 3897 3898 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3899 { 3900 draw_state = WL_NR; 3901 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3902 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3903 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3904 && (row == startrow 3905 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3906 + filler_lines 3907 #endif 3908 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3909 { 3910 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3911 if (row == startrow 3912 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3913 + filler_lines 3914 #endif 3915 ) 3916 { 3917 long num; 3918 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3919 3920 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3921 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3922 num = (long)lnum; 3923 else 3924 { 3925 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3926 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3927 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3928 { 3929 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3930 num = lnum; 3931 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3932 } 3933 } 3934 3935 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3936 number_width(wp), num); 3937 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3938 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3939 *p_extra = '-'; 3940 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3941 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3942 rl_mirror(extra); 3943 #endif 3944 p_extra = extra; 3945 c_extra = NUL; 3946 } 3947 else 3948 c_extra = ' '; 3949 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3950 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3951 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3952 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3953 * the current line differently. 3954 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3955 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3956 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3957 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3958 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3959 #endif 3960 } 3961 } 3962 3963 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3964 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3965 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3966 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3967 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3968 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3969 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3970 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3971 3972 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3973 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3974 { 3975 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3976 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3977 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3978 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3979 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3980 && filler_lines == 0 3981 # endif 3982 ) 3983 { 3984 char_attr = 0; 3985 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3986 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3987 { 3988 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3989 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3990 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3991 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3992 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3993 # endif 3994 } 3995 # endif 3996 p_extra = NULL; 3997 c_extra = ' '; 3998 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3999 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 4000 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 4001 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4002 if (tocol == vcol) 4003 tocol += n_extra; 4004 } 4005 } 4006 #endif 4007 4008 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 4009 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4010 { 4011 draw_state = WL_SBR; 4012 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4013 if (filler_todo > 0) 4014 { 4015 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 4016 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 4017 c_extra = '-'; 4018 else 4019 c_extra = fill_diff; 4020 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4021 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4022 n_extra = col + 1; 4023 else 4024 # endif 4025 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 4026 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 4027 } 4028 # endif 4029 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4030 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 4031 { 4032 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 4033 p_extra = p_sbr; 4034 c_extra = NUL; 4035 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 4036 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4037 need_showbreak = FALSE; 4038 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4039 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 4040 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4041 if (tocol == vcol) 4042 tocol += n_extra; 4043 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4044 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 4045 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4046 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4047 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4048 #endif 4049 } 4050 # endif 4051 } 4052 #endif 4053 4054 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4055 { 4056 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4057 if (saved_n_extra) 4058 { 4059 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4060 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4061 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4062 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4063 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4064 } 4065 else 4066 char_attr = 0; 4067 } 4068 } 4069 4070 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4071 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4072 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4073 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4074 && filler_todo <= 0 4075 #endif 4076 ) 4077 { 4078 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4079 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4080 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4081 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4082 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4083 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4084 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4085 else 4086 #endif 4087 row = wp->w_height; 4088 break; 4089 } 4090 4091 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4092 { 4093 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4094 if (vcol == fromcol 4095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4096 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4097 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4098 #endif 4099 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4100 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4101 && vcol < tocol)) 4102 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4103 else if (area_attr != 0 4104 && (vcol == tocol 4105 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4106 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4107 4108 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4109 if (!n_extra) 4110 { 4111 /* 4112 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4113 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4114 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4115 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4116 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4117 * priority). 4118 */ 4119 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4120 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4121 shl_flag = FALSE; 4122 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4123 { 4124 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4125 && ((cur != NULL 4126 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4127 || cur == NULL)) 4128 { 4129 shl = &search_hl; 4130 shl_flag = TRUE; 4131 } 4132 else 4133 shl = &cur->hl; 4134 if (cur != NULL) 4135 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4136 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4137 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4138 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4139 { 4140 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4141 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4142 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4143 { 4144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4145 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4146 4147 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4148 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4149 #endif 4150 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4151 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4152 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4153 == cur->hlg_id) 4154 { 4155 has_match_conc = 4156 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4157 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4158 } 4159 else 4160 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4161 #endif 4162 } 4163 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4164 { 4165 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4166 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4167 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4168 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4169 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4170 4171 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4172 * may have made it invalid. */ 4173 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4174 ptr = line + v; 4175 4176 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4177 { 4178 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4179 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4180 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4181 else 4182 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4183 4184 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4185 { 4186 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4187 * it */ 4188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4189 if (has_mbyte) 4190 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4191 + shl->endcol); 4192 else 4193 #endif 4194 ++shl->endcol; 4195 } 4196 4197 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4198 * current position */ 4199 continue; 4200 } 4201 } 4202 break; 4203 } 4204 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4205 cur = cur->next; 4206 } 4207 4208 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4209 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4210 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4211 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4212 shl_flag = FALSE; 4213 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4214 { 4215 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4216 && ((cur != NULL 4217 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4218 || cur == NULL)) 4219 { 4220 shl = &search_hl; 4221 shl_flag = TRUE; 4222 } 4223 else 4224 shl = &cur->hl; 4225 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4226 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4227 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4228 cur = cur->next; 4229 } 4230 /* Only highlight one character after the last column. */ 4231 if (*ptr == NUL && (did_line_attr >= 1 4232 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1))) 4233 search_attr = 0; 4234 } 4235 #endif 4236 4237 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4238 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4239 { 4240 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4241 && n_extra == 0) 4242 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4243 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4244 && n_extra == 0) 4245 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4246 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4247 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4248 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4249 } 4250 #endif 4251 4252 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4253 attr_pri = TRUE; 4254 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4255 if (area_attr != 0) 4256 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4257 else if (search_attr != 0) 4258 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4259 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4260 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4261 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4262 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4263 || vcol >= tocol)) 4264 char_attr = line_attr; 4265 #else 4266 if (area_attr != 0) 4267 char_attr = area_attr; 4268 else if (search_attr != 0) 4269 char_attr = search_attr; 4270 #endif 4271 else 4272 { 4273 attr_pri = FALSE; 4274 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4275 if (has_syntax) 4276 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4277 else 4278 #endif 4279 char_attr = 0; 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 /* 4284 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4285 */ 4286 /* 4287 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4288 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4289 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4290 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4291 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4292 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4293 */ 4294 if (n_extra > 0) 4295 { 4296 if (c_extra != NUL) 4297 { 4298 c = c_extra; 4299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4300 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4301 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4302 { 4303 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4304 u8cc[0] = 0; 4305 c = 0xc0; 4306 } 4307 else 4308 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4309 #endif 4310 } 4311 else 4312 { 4313 c = *p_extra; 4314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4315 if (has_mbyte) 4316 { 4317 mb_c = c; 4318 if (enc_utf8) 4319 { 4320 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4321 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4322 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4323 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4324 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4325 mb_l = 1; 4326 else if (mb_l > 1) 4327 { 4328 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4329 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4330 c = 0xc0; 4331 } 4332 } 4333 else 4334 { 4335 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4336 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4337 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4338 mb_l = 1; 4339 else if (mb_l > 1) 4340 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4341 } 4342 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4343 mb_l = 1; 4344 4345 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4346 * last column. */ 4347 if (( 4348 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4349 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4350 # endif 4351 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4352 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4353 { 4354 c = '>'; 4355 mb_c = c; 4356 mb_l = 1; 4357 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4358 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4359 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4360 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4361 ++n_extra; 4362 --p_extra; 4363 } 4364 else 4365 { 4366 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4367 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4368 } 4369 } 4370 #endif 4371 ++p_extra; 4372 } 4373 --n_extra; 4374 } 4375 else 4376 { 4377 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4378 int c0; 4379 #endif 4380 4381 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4382 VIM_CLEAR(p_extra_free); 4383 /* 4384 * Get a character from the line itself. 4385 */ 4386 c = *ptr; 4387 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4388 c0 = *ptr; 4389 #endif 4390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4391 if (has_mbyte) 4392 { 4393 mb_c = c; 4394 if (enc_utf8) 4395 { 4396 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4397 * into "mb_c". */ 4398 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4399 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4400 if (mb_l > 1) 4401 { 4402 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4403 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4404 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4405 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4406 { 4407 c = mb_c; 4408 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4409 c0 = mb_c; 4410 # endif 4411 } 4412 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4413 4414 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4415 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4416 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4417 { 4418 int i; 4419 4420 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4421 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4422 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4423 mb_c = ' '; 4424 } 4425 } 4426 4427 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4428 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4429 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4430 # ifdef UNICODE16 4431 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4432 # endif 4433 ))) 4434 { 4435 /* 4436 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4437 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4438 */ 4439 # ifdef UNICODE16 4440 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4441 # endif 4442 { 4443 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4444 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4445 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4446 rl_mirror(extra); 4447 # endif 4448 } 4449 # ifdef UNICODE16 4450 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4451 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4452 else 4453 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4454 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4455 # endif 4456 4457 p_extra = extra; 4458 c = *p_extra; 4459 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4460 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4461 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4462 c_extra = NUL; 4463 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4464 { 4465 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4466 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4467 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4468 } 4469 } 4470 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4471 mb_l = 1; 4472 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4473 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4474 { 4475 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4476 int pc, pc1, nc; 4477 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4478 4479 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4480 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4481 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4482 { 4483 pc = prev_c; 4484 pc1 = prev_c1; 4485 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4486 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4487 } 4488 else 4489 { 4490 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4491 nc = prev_c; 4492 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4493 } 4494 prev_c = mb_c; 4495 4496 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4497 } 4498 else 4499 prev_c = mb_c; 4500 #endif 4501 } 4502 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4503 { 4504 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4505 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4506 mb_l = 1; 4507 else if (mb_l > 1) 4508 { 4509 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4510 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4511 */ 4512 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4513 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4514 else 4515 { 4516 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4517 { 4518 /* head byte at end of line */ 4519 mb_l = 1; 4520 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4521 } 4522 else 4523 { 4524 /* illegal tail byte */ 4525 mb_l = 2; 4526 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4527 } 4528 p_extra = extra; 4529 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4530 c_extra = NUL; 4531 c = *p_extra++; 4532 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4533 { 4534 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4535 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4536 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4537 } 4538 mb_c = c; 4539 } 4540 } 4541 } 4542 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4543 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4544 * next line. */ 4545 if (( 4546 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4547 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4548 # endif 4549 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4550 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4551 { 4552 c = '>'; 4553 mb_c = c; 4554 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4555 mb_l = 1; 4556 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4557 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4558 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4559 --ptr; 4560 } 4561 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4562 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4563 4564 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4565 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4566 * characters. */ 4567 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4568 { 4569 n_extra = 1; 4570 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4571 c = ' '; 4572 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4573 { 4574 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4575 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4576 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4577 } 4578 mb_c = c; 4579 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4580 mb_l = 1; 4581 } 4582 4583 } 4584 #endif 4585 ++ptr; 4586 4587 if (extra_check) 4588 { 4589 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4590 int can_spell = TRUE; 4591 #endif 4592 4593 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4594 if (get_term_attr) 4595 { 4596 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4597 4598 if (!attr_pri) 4599 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4600 else 4601 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4602 } 4603 #endif 4604 4605 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4606 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4607 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4608 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4609 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4610 { 4611 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4612 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4613 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4614 did_emsg = FALSE; 4615 4616 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4617 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4618 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4619 # endif 4620 NULL, FALSE); 4621 4622 if (did_emsg) 4623 { 4624 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4625 has_syntax = FALSE; 4626 } 4627 else 4628 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4629 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4630 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4631 has_syntax = FALSE; 4632 #endif 4633 4634 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4635 * have made it invalid. */ 4636 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4637 ptr = line + v; 4638 4639 if (!attr_pri) 4640 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4641 else 4642 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4643 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4644 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4645 * with line highlighting */ 4646 if (c == NUL) 4647 syntax_flags = 0; 4648 else 4649 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4650 # endif 4651 } 4652 #endif 4653 4654 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4655 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4656 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4657 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4658 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4659 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4660 { 4661 spell_attr = 0; 4662 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4663 if (!attr_pri) 4664 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4665 # endif 4666 if (c != 0 && ( 4667 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4668 !has_syntax || 4669 # endif 4670 can_spell)) 4671 { 4672 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4673 int len; 4674 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4675 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4676 if (has_mbyte) 4677 { 4678 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4679 v -= mb_l - 1; 4680 } 4681 else 4682 # endif 4683 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4684 4685 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4686 * next line concatenated. */ 4687 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4688 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4689 else 4690 p = prev_ptr; 4691 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4692 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4693 nochange); 4694 word_end = v + len; 4695 4696 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4697 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4698 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4699 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4700 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4701 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4702 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4703 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4704 { 4705 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4706 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4707 } 4708 4709 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4710 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4711 { 4712 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4713 * start of the next line. */ 4714 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4715 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4716 } 4717 4718 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4719 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4720 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4721 4722 if (cap_col > 0) 4723 { 4724 if (p != prev_ptr 4725 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4726 { 4727 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4728 * must start with a capital. */ 4729 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4730 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4731 - nextline_idx); 4732 } 4733 else 4734 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4735 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4736 } 4737 } 4738 } 4739 if (spell_attr != 0) 4740 { 4741 if (!attr_pri) 4742 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4743 else 4744 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4745 } 4746 #endif 4747 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4748 /* 4749 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4750 */ 4751 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4752 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4753 { 4754 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4755 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4756 # endif 4757 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4758 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4759 mb_off + 4760 # endif 4761 1); 4762 4763 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4764 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4765 NULL) - 1; 4766 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4767 # ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4768 n_extra = tabstop_padding(vcol, wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4769 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4770 # else 4771 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4772 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4773 # endif 4774 4775 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4776 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4777 # else 4778 c_extra = ' '; 4779 # endif 4780 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4781 { 4782 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4783 if (c == TAB) 4784 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4785 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4786 #endif 4787 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4788 c = ' '; 4789 } 4790 } 4791 #endif 4792 4793 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4794 */ 4795 if (wp->w_p_list 4796 && (((c == 160 4797 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4798 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4799 #endif 4800 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4801 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4802 { 4803 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4804 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4805 { 4806 n_attr = 1; 4807 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4808 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4809 } 4810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4811 mb_c = c; 4812 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4813 { 4814 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4815 u8cc[0] = 0; 4816 c = 0xc0; 4817 } 4818 else 4819 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4820 #endif 4821 } 4822 4823 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4824 { 4825 c = lcs_trail; 4826 if (!attr_pri) 4827 { 4828 n_attr = 1; 4829 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4830 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4831 } 4832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4833 mb_c = c; 4834 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4835 { 4836 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4837 u8cc[0] = 0; 4838 c = 0xc0; 4839 } 4840 else 4841 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4842 #endif 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 /* 4847 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4848 */ 4849 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4850 { 4851 /* 4852 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4853 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4854 * into "ScreenLines". 4855 */ 4856 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4857 { 4858 int tab_len = 0; 4859 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4860 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4861 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4862 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4863 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4864 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4865 #endif 4866 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4867 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS 4868 tab_len = tabstop_padding(vcol_adjusted, 4869 wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, 4870 wp->w_buffer->b_p_vts_array) - 1; 4871 #else 4872 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4873 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4874 #endif 4875 4876 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4877 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4878 #endif 4879 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4880 n_extra = tab_len; 4881 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4882 else 4883 { 4884 char_u *p; 4885 int len = n_extra; 4886 int i; 4887 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4888 4889 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4890 if (vcol_off > 0) 4891 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4892 tab_len += vcol_off; 4893 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4894 */ 4895 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4896 && n_extra > tab_len) 4897 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4898 #endif 4899 4900 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4901 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4902 * for a tab */ 4903 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4904 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4905 if (n_extra > 0) 4906 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4907 #endif 4908 c = lcs_tab1; 4909 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4910 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4911 p[len] = NUL; 4912 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4913 p_extra_free = p; 4914 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4915 { 4916 if (*p == NUL) 4917 { 4918 tab_len = i; 4919 break; 4920 } 4921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4922 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4923 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4924 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4925 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4926 #else 4927 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4928 #endif 4929 } 4930 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4931 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4932 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4933 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4934 if (vcol_off > 0) 4935 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4936 #endif 4937 } 4938 #endif 4939 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4940 { 4941 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4942 4943 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4944 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4945 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4946 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4947 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4948 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4949 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4950 4951 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4952 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4953 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4954 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4955 && lcs_tab1) 4956 tab_len += vc_saved; 4957 } 4958 #endif 4959 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4960 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4961 #endif 4962 if (wp->w_p_list) 4963 { 4964 c = lcs_tab1; 4965 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4966 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4967 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4968 else 4969 #endif 4970 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4971 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4972 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4973 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4974 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4975 mb_c = c; 4976 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4977 { 4978 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4979 u8cc[0] = 0; 4980 c = 0xc0; 4981 } 4982 #endif 4983 } 4984 else 4985 { 4986 c_extra = ' '; 4987 c = ' '; 4988 } 4989 } 4990 else if (c == NUL 4991 && (wp->w_p_list 4992 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4993 && tocol > vcol 4994 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4995 && ( 4996 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4997 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4998 # endif 4999 (col < wp->w_width)) 5000 && !(noinvcur 5001 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5002 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 5003 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5004 { 5005 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 5006 * character if the line break is included. */ 5007 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 5008 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 5009 * "$". */ 5010 if ( 5011 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5012 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5013 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5014 && 5015 # endif 5016 # endif 5017 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 5018 line_attr == 0 5019 # endif 5020 ) 5021 #endif 5022 { 5023 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5024 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 5025 * beyond end of line. */ 5026 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 5027 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 5028 n_extra = 0; 5029 else 5030 #endif 5031 { 5032 p_extra = at_end_str; 5033 n_extra = 1; 5034 c_extra = NUL; 5035 } 5036 } 5037 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 5038 c = lcs_eol; 5039 else 5040 c = ' '; 5041 lcs_eol_one = -1; 5042 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5043 if (!attr_pri) 5044 { 5045 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5046 n_attr = 1; 5047 } 5048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5049 mb_c = c; 5050 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5051 { 5052 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5053 u8cc[0] = 0; 5054 c = 0xc0; 5055 } 5056 else 5057 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5058 #endif 5059 } 5060 else if (c != NUL) 5061 { 5062 p_extra = transchar(c); 5063 if (n_extra == 0) 5064 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5065 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5066 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5067 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5068 #endif 5069 c_extra = NUL; 5070 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5071 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5072 { 5073 char_u *p; 5074 5075 c = *p_extra; 5076 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5077 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5078 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5079 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5080 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5081 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5082 } 5083 else 5084 #endif 5085 { 5086 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5087 c = *p_extra++; 5088 } 5089 if (!attr_pri) 5090 { 5091 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5092 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5093 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5094 } 5095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5096 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5097 #endif 5098 } 5099 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5100 else if (VIsual_active 5101 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5102 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5103 && virtual_active() 5104 && tocol != MAXCOL 5105 && vcol < tocol 5106 && ( 5107 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5108 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5109 # endif 5110 (col < wp->w_width))) 5111 { 5112 c = ' '; 5113 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5114 } 5115 #endif 5116 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5117 else if (( 5118 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5119 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5120 # endif 5121 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5122 term_attr != 0 || 5123 # endif 5124 line_attr != 0 5125 ) && ( 5126 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5127 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5128 # endif 5129 (col 5130 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5131 - boguscols 5132 # endif 5133 < wp->w_width))) 5134 { 5135 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5136 c = ' '; 5137 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5138 5139 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5140 ++did_line_attr; 5141 5142 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5143 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5144 && (did_line_attr > 1 5145 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5146 char_attr = line_attr; 5147 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5148 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5149 { 5150 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5151 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5152 { 5153 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5154 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5155 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5156 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5157 } 5158 } 5159 # endif 5160 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5161 if (term_attr != 0) 5162 { 5163 char_attr = term_attr; 5164 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5165 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5166 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5167 } 5168 # endif 5169 } 5170 #endif 5171 } 5172 5173 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5174 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5175 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5176 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5177 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5178 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5179 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5180 { 5181 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5182 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5183 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5184 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5185 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5186 { 5187 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5188 * character. */ 5189 if (match_conc) 5190 c = match_conc; 5191 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5192 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5193 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5194 c = lcs_conceal; 5195 else 5196 c = ' '; 5197 5198 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5199 5200 if (n_extra > 0) 5201 vcol_off += n_extra; 5202 vcol += n_extra; 5203 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5204 { 5205 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5206 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5207 { 5208 col -= n_extra; 5209 boguscols -= n_extra; 5210 } 5211 else 5212 # endif 5213 { 5214 boguscols += n_extra; 5215 col += n_extra; 5216 } 5217 } 5218 n_extra = 0; 5219 n_attr = 0; 5220 } 5221 else if (n_skip == 0) 5222 { 5223 is_concealing = TRUE; 5224 n_skip = 1; 5225 } 5226 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5227 mb_c = c; 5228 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5229 { 5230 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5231 u8cc[0] = 0; 5232 c = 0xc0; 5233 } 5234 else 5235 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5236 # endif 5237 } 5238 else 5239 { 5240 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5241 is_concealing = FALSE; 5242 } 5243 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5244 } 5245 5246 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5247 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5248 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5249 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5250 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5251 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5252 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5253 { 5254 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5255 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5256 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5257 else 5258 # endif 5259 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5260 wp->w_wrow = row; 5261 did_wcol = TRUE; 5262 } 5263 #endif 5264 5265 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5266 if (n_attr > 0 5267 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5268 && !attr_pri) 5269 char_attr = extra_attr; 5270 5271 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5272 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5273 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5274 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5275 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5276 && xic != NULL 5277 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5278 && (State & INSERT) 5279 && !p_imdisable 5280 && im_is_preediting() 5281 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5282 { 5283 colnr_T tcol; 5284 5285 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5286 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5287 else 5288 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5289 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5290 { 5291 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5292 { 5293 feedback_col = 0; 5294 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5295 } 5296 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5297 if (char_attr < 0) 5298 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5299 feedback_col++; 5300 } 5301 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5302 { 5303 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5304 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5305 feedback_col = 0; 5306 } 5307 } 5308 #endif 5309 /* 5310 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5311 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5312 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5313 */ 5314 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5315 && wp->w_p_list 5316 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5317 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5318 && filler_todo <= 0 5319 #endif 5320 && draw_state > WL_NR 5321 && c != NUL) 5322 { 5323 c = lcs_prec; 5324 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5326 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5327 { 5328 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5329 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5330 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5331 n_extra = 1; 5332 n_attr = 2; 5333 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5334 } 5335 mb_c = c; 5336 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5337 { 5338 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5339 u8cc[0] = 0; 5340 c = 0xc0; 5341 } 5342 else 5343 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5344 #endif 5345 if (!attr_pri) 5346 { 5347 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5348 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5349 n_attr3 = 1; 5350 } 5351 } 5352 5353 /* 5354 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5355 */ 5356 if (c == NUL 5357 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5358 || did_line_attr == 1 5359 #endif 5360 ) 5361 { 5362 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5363 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5364 5365 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5366 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5367 ++prevcol; 5368 #endif 5369 5370 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5371 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5372 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5373 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5374 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5375 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5376 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5377 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5378 else 5379 { 5380 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5381 while (cur != NULL) 5382 { 5383 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5384 { 5385 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5386 break; 5387 } 5388 cur = cur->next; 5389 } 5390 } 5391 #endif 5392 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5393 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5394 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5395 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5396 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5397 && c == NUL) 5398 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5399 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5400 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5401 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5402 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5403 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5404 # endif 5405 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5406 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5407 # endif 5408 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5409 && did_line_attr <= 1 5410 # endif 5411 ) 5412 #endif 5413 )) 5414 { 5415 int n = 0; 5416 5417 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5418 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5419 { 5420 if (col < 0) 5421 n = 1; 5422 } 5423 else 5424 #endif 5425 { 5426 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5427 n = -1; 5428 } 5429 if (n != 0) 5430 { 5431 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5432 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5433 off += n; 5434 col += n; 5435 } 5436 else 5437 { 5438 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5439 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5441 if (enc_utf8) 5442 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5443 #endif 5444 } 5445 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5446 if (area_attr == 0) 5447 { 5448 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5449 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5450 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5451 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5452 shl_flag = FALSE; 5453 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5454 { 5455 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5456 && ((cur != NULL 5457 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5458 || cur == NULL)) 5459 { 5460 shl = &search_hl; 5461 shl_flag = TRUE; 5462 } 5463 else 5464 shl = &cur->hl; 5465 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5466 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5467 char_attr = shl->attr; 5468 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5469 cur = cur->next; 5470 } 5471 } 5472 #endif 5473 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5474 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5475 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5476 { 5477 --col; 5478 --off; 5479 } 5480 else 5481 #endif 5482 { 5483 ++col; 5484 ++off; 5485 } 5486 ++vcol; 5487 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5488 eol_hl_off = 1; 5489 #endif 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 /* 5494 * At end of the text line. 5495 */ 5496 if (c == NUL) 5497 { 5498 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5499 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5500 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5501 { 5502 /* highlight last char after line */ 5503 --col; 5504 --off; 5505 --vcol; 5506 } 5507 5508 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5509 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5510 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5511 else 5512 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5513 5514 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5515 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5516 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5517 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5518 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5519 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5520 col -= boguscols; 5521 boguscols = 0; 5522 #endif 5523 5524 if (draw_color_col) 5525 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5526 5527 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5528 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5529 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5530 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5531 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5532 || draw_color_col) 5533 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5534 && !wp->w_p_rl 5535 # endif 5536 ) 5537 { 5538 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5539 int i; 5540 5541 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5542 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5543 if (draw_color_col) 5544 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5545 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5546 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5547 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5548 5549 while (col < wp->w_width) 5550 { 5551 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5553 if (enc_utf8) 5554 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5555 #endif 5556 ++col; 5557 if (draw_color_col) 5558 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5559 &color_cols); 5560 5561 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5562 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5563 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5564 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5565 else 5566 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5567 5568 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5569 break; 5570 5571 ++vcol; 5572 } 5573 } 5574 #endif 5575 5576 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5577 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5578 row++; 5579 5580 /* 5581 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5582 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5583 */ 5584 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5585 { 5586 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5587 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5588 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5589 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5590 #endif 5591 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5592 } 5593 5594 break; 5595 } 5596 5597 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5598 if (lcs_ext 5599 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5601 && filler_todo <= 0 5602 #endif 5603 && ( 5604 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5605 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5606 #endif 5607 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5608 && (*ptr != NUL 5609 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5610 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5611 { 5612 c = lcs_ext; 5613 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5615 mb_c = c; 5616 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5617 { 5618 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5619 u8cc[0] = 0; 5620 c = 0xc0; 5621 } 5622 else 5623 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5624 #endif 5625 } 5626 5627 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5628 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5629 if (draw_color_col) 5630 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5631 5632 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5633 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5634 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5635 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5636 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5637 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5638 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5639 { 5640 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5641 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5642 { 5643 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5644 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5645 } 5646 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5647 { 5648 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5649 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5650 } 5651 } 5652 #endif 5653 5654 /* 5655 * Store character to be displayed. 5656 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5657 */ 5658 vcol_prev = vcol; 5659 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5660 { 5661 /* 5662 * Store the character. 5663 */ 5664 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5665 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5666 { 5667 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5668 --off; 5669 --col; 5670 } 5671 #endif 5672 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5674 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5675 { 5676 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5677 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5678 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5679 } 5680 else if (enc_utf8) 5681 { 5682 if (mb_utf8) 5683 { 5684 int i; 5685 5686 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5687 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5688 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5689 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5690 { 5691 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5692 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5693 break; 5694 } 5695 } 5696 else 5697 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5698 } 5699 if (multi_attr) 5700 { 5701 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5702 multi_attr = 0; 5703 } 5704 else 5705 #endif 5706 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5707 5708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5709 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5710 { 5711 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5712 ++off; 5713 ++col; 5714 if (enc_utf8) 5715 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5716 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5717 else 5718 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5719 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5720 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5722 && filler_todo <= 0 5723 #endif 5724 ) 5725 ++vcol; 5726 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5727 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5728 if (tocol == vcol) 5729 ++tocol; 5730 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5731 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5732 { 5733 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5734 --off; 5735 --col; 5736 } 5737 #endif 5738 } 5739 #endif 5740 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5741 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5742 { 5743 --off; 5744 --col; 5745 } 5746 else 5747 #endif 5748 { 5749 ++off; 5750 ++col; 5751 } 5752 } 5753 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5754 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5755 { 5756 --n_skip; 5757 ++vcol_off; 5758 if (n_extra > 0) 5759 vcol_off += n_extra; 5760 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5761 { 5762 /* 5763 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5764 * 5765 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5766 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5767 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5768 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5769 * 5770 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5771 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5772 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5773 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5774 */ 5775 if (n_extra > 0) 5776 { 5777 vcol += n_extra; 5778 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5779 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5780 { 5781 col -= n_extra; 5782 boguscols -= n_extra; 5783 } 5784 else 5785 # endif 5786 { 5787 col += n_extra; 5788 boguscols += n_extra; 5789 } 5790 n_extra = 0; 5791 n_attr = 0; 5792 } 5793 5794 5795 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5796 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5797 { 5798 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5799 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5800 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5801 { 5802 --boguscols; 5803 --col; 5804 } 5805 else 5806 # endif 5807 { 5808 ++boguscols; 5809 ++col; 5810 } 5811 } 5812 # endif 5813 5814 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5815 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5816 { 5817 --boguscols; 5818 --col; 5819 } 5820 else 5821 # endif 5822 { 5823 ++boguscols; 5824 ++col; 5825 } 5826 } 5827 else 5828 { 5829 if (n_extra > 0) 5830 { 5831 vcol += n_extra; 5832 n_extra = 0; 5833 n_attr = 0; 5834 } 5835 } 5836 5837 } 5838 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5839 else 5840 --n_skip; 5841 5842 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5843 * column. */ 5844 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5845 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5846 && filler_todo <= 0 5847 #endif 5848 ) 5849 ++vcol; 5850 5851 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5852 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5853 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5854 #endif 5855 5856 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5857 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5858 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5859 5860 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5861 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5862 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5863 5864 /* 5865 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5866 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5867 */ 5868 if (( 5869 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5870 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5871 #endif 5872 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5873 && (*ptr != NUL 5874 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5875 || filler_todo > 0 5876 #endif 5877 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5878 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5879 ) 5880 { 5881 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5882 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5883 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5884 boguscols = 0; 5885 #else 5886 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5887 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5888 #endif 5889 ++row; 5890 ++screen_row; 5891 5892 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5893 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5894 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5895 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5896 && filler_todo <= 0 5897 #endif 5898 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5899 break; 5900 5901 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5902 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5903 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5904 && filler_todo <= 0 5905 #endif 5906 ) 5907 { 5908 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5909 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5910 row = endrow; 5911 } 5912 5913 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5914 if (row == endrow) 5915 { 5916 ++row; 5917 break; 5918 } 5919 5920 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5921 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5922 && filler_todo <= 0 5923 #endif 5924 && wp->w_width == Columns) 5925 { 5926 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5927 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5928 5929 /* 5930 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5931 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5932 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5933 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5934 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5935 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5936 * (something has been written in it). 5937 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5938 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5939 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5940 */ 5941 if (p_tf 5942 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5943 && !gui.in_use 5944 #endif 5945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5946 && !(has_mbyte 5947 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5948 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5949 == 2 5950 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5951 + (int)Columns - 2, 5952 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5953 == 2)) 5954 #endif 5955 ) 5956 { 5957 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5958 * then output the same character again to let the 5959 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5960 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5961 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 5962 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5963 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5964 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5965 5966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5967 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5968 * space to keep it simple. */ 5969 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5970 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5971 out_char(' '); 5972 else 5973 #endif 5974 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5975 + (Columns - 1)]); 5976 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5977 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5978 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 col = 0; 5983 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5984 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5985 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5986 { 5987 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5988 off += col; 5989 } 5990 #endif 5991 5992 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5993 draw_state = WL_START; 5994 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5995 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5996 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5997 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5998 n_extra = 0; 5999 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 6000 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6001 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6002 if (filler_todo <= 0) 6003 # endif 6004 need_showbreak = TRUE; 6005 #endif 6006 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6007 --filler_todo; 6008 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 6009 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 6010 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 6011 break; 6012 #endif 6013 } 6014 6015 } /* for every character in the line */ 6016 6017 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6018 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 6019 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 6020 { 6021 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 6022 cap_col = 0; 6023 } 6024 #endif 6025 6026 vim_free(p_extra_free); 6027 return row; 6028 } 6029 6030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6031 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 6032 6033 /* 6034 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 6035 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 6036 */ 6037 static int 6038 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 6039 { 6040 int i; 6041 6042 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6043 { 6044 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 6045 return TRUE; 6046 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 6047 break; 6048 } 6049 return FALSE; 6050 } 6051 #endif 6052 6053 /* 6054 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 6055 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 6056 * - the attributes are different 6057 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 6058 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 6059 */ 6060 static int 6061 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 6062 { 6063 if (cols > 0 6064 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 6065 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6066 6067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6068 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6069 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6070 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6071 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6072 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6073 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6074 || (enc_utf8 6075 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6076 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6077 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6078 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6079 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6080 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6081 #endif 6082 )) 6083 return TRUE; 6084 return FALSE; 6085 } 6086 6087 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6088 /* 6089 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6090 */ 6091 int 6092 screen_get_current_line_off() 6093 { 6094 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6095 } 6096 #endif 6097 6098 /* 6099 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6100 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6101 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6102 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6103 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6104 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6105 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6106 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6107 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6108 */ 6109 void 6110 screen_line( 6111 int row, 6112 int coloff, 6113 int endcol, 6114 int clear_width, 6115 int rlflag UNUSED) 6116 { 6117 unsigned off_from; 6118 unsigned off_to; 6119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6120 unsigned max_off_from; 6121 unsigned max_off_to; 6122 #endif 6123 int col = 0; 6124 int hl; 6125 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6126 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6127 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6128 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6129 #endif 6130 ; 6131 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6133 int clear_next = FALSE; 6134 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6135 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6136 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6137 #else 6138 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6139 #endif 6140 6141 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6142 if (row >= Rows) 6143 row = Rows - 1; 6144 if (endcol > Columns) 6145 endcol = Columns; 6146 6147 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6148 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6149 # endif 6150 6151 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6152 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6154 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6155 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6156 #endif 6157 6158 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6159 if (rlflag) 6160 { 6161 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6162 if (clear_width > 0) 6163 { 6164 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6165 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6166 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6167 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6168 # endif 6169 ) 6170 { 6171 ++off_to; 6172 ++col; 6173 } 6174 if (col <= endcol) 6175 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6176 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6177 } 6178 col = endcol + 1; 6179 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6180 off_from += col; 6181 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6182 } 6183 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6184 6185 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6186 6187 while (col < endcol) 6188 { 6189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6190 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6191 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6192 else 6193 char_cells = 1; 6194 #endif 6195 6196 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6197 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6198 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6199 6200 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6201 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6202 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6203 * happens in the GUI. 6204 */ 6205 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6206 { 6207 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6208 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6209 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6210 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6211 redraw_this = TRUE; 6212 } 6213 #endif 6214 6215 if (redraw_this) 6216 { 6217 /* 6218 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6219 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6220 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6221 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6222 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6223 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6224 * character. 6225 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6226 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6227 * completely. 6228 */ 6229 if ( p_wiv 6230 && !force 6231 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6232 && !gui.in_use 6233 #endif 6234 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6235 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6236 { 6237 /* 6238 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6239 */ 6240 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6241 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6242 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6243 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6244 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6245 6246 /* 6247 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6248 * highlighting at this character. 6249 */ 6250 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6251 { 6252 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6253 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6254 screen_stop_highlight(); 6255 } 6256 else 6257 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6258 } 6259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6260 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6261 { 6262 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6263 * the other way around requires another character to be 6264 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6265 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6266 if (char_cells == 1 6267 && col + 1 < endcol 6268 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6269 { 6270 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6271 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6272 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6273 redraw_next = TRUE; 6274 } 6275 else if (char_cells == 2 6276 && col + 2 < endcol 6277 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6278 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6279 { 6280 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6281 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6282 * cell. */ 6283 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6284 redraw_next = TRUE; 6285 } 6286 6287 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6288 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6289 } 6290 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6291 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6292 * the right halve of the old character. 6293 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6294 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6295 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6296 && ((char_cells == 1 6297 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6298 || (char_cells == 2 6299 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6300 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6301 clear_next = TRUE; 6302 #endif 6303 6304 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6306 if (enc_utf8) 6307 { 6308 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6309 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6310 { 6311 int i; 6312 6313 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6314 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6315 } 6316 } 6317 if (char_cells == 2) 6318 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6319 #endif 6320 6321 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6322 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6323 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6324 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6325 * and for some xterms. */ 6326 if ( 6327 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6328 gui.in_use 6329 # endif 6330 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6331 || 6332 # endif 6333 # ifdef UNIX 6334 term_is_xterm 6335 # endif 6336 ) 6337 { 6338 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6339 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6340 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6341 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6342 redraw_next = TRUE; 6343 } 6344 #endif 6345 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6347 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6348 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6349 if (char_cells == 2) 6350 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6351 6352 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6353 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6354 else 6355 #endif 6356 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6357 } 6358 else if ( p_wiv 6359 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6360 && !gui.in_use 6361 #endif 6362 && col + coloff > 0) 6363 { 6364 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6365 { 6366 /* 6367 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6368 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6369 */ 6370 screen_attr = 0; 6371 } 6372 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6373 screen_stop_highlight(); 6374 } 6375 6376 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6377 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6378 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6379 } 6380 6381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6382 if (clear_next) 6383 { 6384 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6385 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6386 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6387 if (enc_utf8) 6388 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6389 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6390 } 6391 #endif 6392 6393 if (clear_width > 0 6394 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6395 && !rlflag 6396 #endif 6397 ) 6398 { 6399 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6400 int startCol = col; 6401 #endif 6402 6403 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6404 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6405 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6407 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6408 #endif 6409 ) 6410 { 6411 ++off_to; 6412 ++col; 6413 } 6414 if (col < clear_width) 6415 { 6416 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6417 /* 6418 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6419 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6420 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6421 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6422 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6423 */ 6424 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6425 { 6426 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6427 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6428 { 6429 int prev_cells = 1; 6430 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6431 if (enc_utf8) 6432 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6433 * that its width is 2. */ 6434 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6435 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6436 { 6437 /* find previous character by counting from first 6438 * column and get its width. */ 6439 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6440 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6441 6442 while (off < off_to) 6443 { 6444 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6445 off += prev_cells; 6446 } 6447 } 6448 6449 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6450 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6451 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6452 else 6453 # endif 6454 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6455 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6456 } 6457 } 6458 #endif 6459 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6460 ' ', ' ', 0); 6461 off_to += clear_width - col; 6462 col = clear_width; 6463 } 6464 } 6465 6466 if (clear_width > 0) 6467 { 6468 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6469 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6470 { 6471 int c; 6472 6473 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6474 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6476 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6477 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6478 #endif 6479 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6480 { 6481 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6482 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6484 if (enc_utf8) 6485 { 6486 if (c >= 0x80) 6487 { 6488 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6489 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6490 } 6491 else 6492 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6493 } 6494 #endif 6495 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6496 } 6497 } 6498 else 6499 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6500 } 6501 } 6502 6503 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6504 /* 6505 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6506 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6507 */ 6508 void 6509 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6510 { 6511 char_u *p1, *p2; 6512 int t; 6513 6514 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6515 { 6516 t = *p1; 6517 *p1 = *p2; 6518 *p2 = t; 6519 } 6520 } 6521 #endif 6522 6523 /* 6524 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6525 */ 6526 void 6527 status_redraw_all(void) 6528 { 6529 win_T *wp; 6530 6531 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6532 if (wp->w_status_height) 6533 { 6534 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6535 redraw_later(VALID); 6536 } 6537 } 6538 6539 /* 6540 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6541 */ 6542 void 6543 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6544 { 6545 win_T *wp; 6546 6547 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6548 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6549 { 6550 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6551 redraw_later(VALID); 6552 } 6553 } 6554 6555 /* 6556 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6557 */ 6558 void 6559 redraw_statuslines(void) 6560 { 6561 win_T *wp; 6562 6563 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6564 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6565 win_redr_status(wp, FALSE); 6566 if (redraw_tabline) 6567 draw_tabline(); 6568 } 6569 6570 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6571 /* 6572 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6573 */ 6574 void 6575 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6576 { 6577 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6578 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6579 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6580 { 6581 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6582 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6583 } 6584 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6585 { 6586 frp = frp->fr_child; 6587 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6588 frp = frp->fr_next; 6589 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6590 } 6591 } 6592 #endif 6593 6594 /* 6595 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6596 */ 6597 static void 6598 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6599 { 6600 int hl; 6601 int c; 6602 6603 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6604 { 6605 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6606 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6607 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6608 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6609 c, ' ', hl); 6610 } 6611 } 6612 6613 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6614 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6615 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6616 6617 /* 6618 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6619 */ 6620 static int 6621 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6622 { 6623 int len = 0; 6624 6625 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6626 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6627 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6628 6629 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6630 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6631 return 1; 6632 #endif 6633 6634 while (*s != NUL) 6635 { 6636 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6637 len += ptr2cells(s); 6638 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6639 } 6640 6641 return len; 6642 } 6643 6644 /* 6645 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6646 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6647 */ 6648 static int 6649 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6650 { 6651 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6652 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6653 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6654 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6655 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6656 #endif 6657 ) 6658 { 6659 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6660 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6661 return 2; 6662 #endif 6663 return 1; 6664 } 6665 return 0; 6666 } 6667 6668 /* 6669 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6670 * Show at least the "match" item. 6671 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6672 * 6673 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6674 */ 6675 void 6676 win_redr_status_matches( 6677 expand_T *xp, 6678 int num_matches, 6679 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6680 int match, 6681 int showtail) 6682 { 6683 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6684 int row; 6685 char_u *buf; 6686 int len; 6687 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6688 int fillchar; 6689 int attr; 6690 int i; 6691 int highlight = TRUE; 6692 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6693 int selstart_col = 0; 6694 char_u *selend = NULL; 6695 static int first_match = 0; 6696 int add_left = FALSE; 6697 char_u *s; 6698 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6699 int emenu; 6700 #endif 6701 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6702 int l; 6703 #endif 6704 6705 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6706 return; 6707 6708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6709 if (has_mbyte) 6710 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6711 else 6712 #endif 6713 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6714 if (buf == NULL) 6715 return; 6716 6717 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6718 { 6719 match = 0; 6720 highlight = FALSE; 6721 } 6722 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6723 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6724 if (match == 0) 6725 first_match = 0; 6726 else if (match < first_match) 6727 { 6728 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6729 first_match = match; 6730 add_left = TRUE; 6731 } 6732 else 6733 { 6734 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6735 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6736 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6737 if (first_match > 0) 6738 clen += 2; 6739 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6740 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6741 { 6742 first_match = match; 6743 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6744 clen = 2; 6745 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6746 { 6747 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6748 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6749 break; 6750 } 6751 if (i == num_matches) 6752 add_left = TRUE; 6753 } 6754 } 6755 if (add_left) 6756 while (first_match > 0) 6757 { 6758 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6759 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6760 break; 6761 --first_match; 6762 } 6763 6764 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6765 6766 if (first_match == 0) 6767 { 6768 *buf = NUL; 6769 len = 0; 6770 } 6771 else 6772 { 6773 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6774 len = 2; 6775 } 6776 clen = len; 6777 6778 i = first_match; 6779 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6780 { 6781 if (i == match) 6782 { 6783 selstart = buf + len; 6784 selstart_col = clen; 6785 } 6786 6787 s = L_MATCH(i); 6788 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6789 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6790 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6791 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6792 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6793 { 6794 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6795 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6796 len += l; 6797 clen += l; 6798 } 6799 else 6800 #endif 6801 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6802 { 6803 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6804 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6805 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6806 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6807 { 6808 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6809 s += l - 1; 6810 len += l; 6811 } 6812 else 6813 #endif 6814 { 6815 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6816 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6817 } 6818 } 6819 if (i == match) 6820 selend = buf + len; 6821 6822 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6823 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6824 clen += 2; 6825 if (++i == num_matches) 6826 break; 6827 } 6828 6829 if (i != num_matches) 6830 { 6831 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6832 ++clen; 6833 } 6834 6835 buf[len] = NUL; 6836 6837 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6838 if (row >= 0) 6839 { 6840 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6841 { 6842 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6843 { 6844 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6845 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6846 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6847 { 6848 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6849 ++msg_scrolled; 6850 } 6851 else 6852 { 6853 ++cmdline_row; 6854 ++row; 6855 } 6856 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6857 } 6858 else 6859 { 6860 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6861 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6862 * resized. */ 6863 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6864 { 6865 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6866 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6867 p_ls = 2; 6868 p_wmh = 0; 6869 last_status(FALSE); 6870 } 6871 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6872 } 6873 } 6874 6875 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6876 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6877 { 6878 *selend = NUL; 6879 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6880 } 6881 6882 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6883 } 6884 6885 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6886 vim_free(buf); 6887 } 6888 #endif 6889 6890 /* 6891 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6892 * 6893 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6894 * If "ignore_pum" is TRUE, also redraw statusline when the popup menu is 6895 * displayed. 6896 */ 6897 static void 6898 win_redr_status(win_T *wp, int ignore_pum UNUSED) 6899 { 6900 int row; 6901 char_u *p; 6902 int len; 6903 int fillchar; 6904 int attr; 6905 int this_ru_col; 6906 static int busy = FALSE; 6907 6908 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6909 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6910 if (busy) 6911 return; 6912 busy = TRUE; 6913 6914 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6915 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6916 { 6917 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6918 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6919 } 6920 else if (!redrawing() 6921 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6922 // don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6923 // drawn over it, unless it will be redrawn later 6924 || (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 6925 #endif 6926 ) 6927 { 6928 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6929 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6930 } 6931 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6932 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6933 { 6934 /* redraw custom status line */ 6935 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6936 } 6937 #endif 6938 else 6939 { 6940 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6941 6942 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6943 p = NameBuff; 6944 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6945 6946 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6947 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6948 || wp->w_p_pvw 6949 #endif 6950 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6951 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6952 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6953 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6954 { 6955 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6956 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6957 } 6958 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6959 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6960 { 6961 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6962 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6963 } 6964 #endif 6965 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6966 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6967 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6968 #endif 6969 ) 6970 { 6971 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6972 len += 3; 6973 } 6974 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6975 { 6976 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6977 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6978 } 6979 6980 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 6981 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 6982 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 6983 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6984 { 6985 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6986 len = 1; 6987 } 6988 else 6989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6990 if (has_mbyte) 6991 { 6992 int clen = 0, i; 6993 6994 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6995 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6996 6997 /* Find first character that will fit. 6998 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6999 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 7000 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 7001 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 7002 len = clen; 7003 if (i > 0) 7004 { 7005 p = p + i - 1; 7006 *p = '<'; 7007 ++len; 7008 } 7009 7010 } 7011 else 7012 #endif 7013 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 7014 { 7015 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 7016 *p = '<'; 7017 len = this_ru_col - 1; 7018 } 7019 7020 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7021 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 7022 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 7023 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 7024 7025 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 7026 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 7027 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 7028 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 7029 7030 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7031 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE, ignore_pum); 7032 #endif 7033 } 7034 7035 /* 7036 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 7037 */ 7038 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 7039 { 7040 if (stl_connected(wp)) 7041 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7042 else 7043 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 7044 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 7045 attr); 7046 } 7047 busy = FALSE; 7048 } 7049 7050 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 7051 /* 7052 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 7053 * errors encountered. 7054 */ 7055 static void 7056 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 7057 { 7058 static int entered = FALSE; 7059 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 7060 7061 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 7062 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 7063 if (entered) 7064 return; 7065 entered = TRUE; 7066 7067 did_emsg = FALSE; 7068 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7069 if (did_emsg) 7070 { 7071 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7072 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7073 * again and again. */ 7074 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7075 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7076 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7077 } 7078 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7079 entered = FALSE; 7080 } 7081 #endif 7082 7083 /* 7084 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7085 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7086 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7087 */ 7088 int 7089 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7090 { 7091 frame_T *fr; 7092 7093 fr = wp->w_frame; 7094 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7095 { 7096 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7097 { 7098 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7099 break; 7100 } 7101 else 7102 { 7103 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7104 return TRUE; 7105 } 7106 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7107 } 7108 return FALSE; 7109 } 7110 7111 7112 /* 7113 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7114 */ 7115 int 7116 get_keymap_str( 7117 win_T *wp, 7118 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7119 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7120 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7121 { 7122 char_u *p; 7123 7124 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7125 return FALSE; 7126 7127 { 7128 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7129 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7130 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7131 char_u *s; 7132 7133 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7134 curwin = wp; 7135 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7136 ++emsg_skip; 7137 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7138 --emsg_skip; 7139 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7140 curwin = old_curwin; 7141 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7142 #endif 7143 { 7144 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7145 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7146 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7147 else 7148 #endif 7149 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7150 } 7151 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7152 buf[0] = NUL; 7153 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7154 vim_free(s); 7155 #endif 7156 } 7157 return buf[0] != NUL; 7158 } 7159 7160 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7161 /* 7162 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7163 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7164 */ 7165 static void 7166 win_redr_custom( 7167 win_T *wp, 7168 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7169 { 7170 static int entered = FALSE; 7171 int attr; 7172 int curattr; 7173 int row; 7174 int col = 0; 7175 int maxwidth; 7176 int width; 7177 int n; 7178 int len; 7179 int fillchar; 7180 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7181 char_u *stl; 7182 char_u *p; 7183 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7184 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7185 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7186 win_T *ewp; 7187 int p_crb_save; 7188 7189 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7190 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7191 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7192 if (entered) 7193 return; 7194 entered = TRUE; 7195 7196 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7197 if (wp == NULL) 7198 { 7199 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7200 stl = p_tal; 7201 row = 0; 7202 fillchar = ' '; 7203 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7204 maxwidth = Columns; 7205 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7206 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7207 # endif 7208 } 7209 else 7210 { 7211 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7212 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7213 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7214 7215 if (draw_ruler) 7216 { 7217 stl = p_ruf; 7218 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7219 if (*stl == '%') 7220 { 7221 if (*++stl == '-') 7222 stl++; 7223 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7224 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7225 stl++; 7226 if (*stl++ != '(') 7227 stl = p_ruf; 7228 } 7229 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7230 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7231 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7232 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7233 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7234 { 7235 row = Rows - 1; 7236 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7237 fillchar = ' '; 7238 attr = 0; 7239 } 7240 7241 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7242 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7243 # endif 7244 } 7245 else 7246 { 7247 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7248 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7249 else 7250 stl = p_stl; 7251 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7252 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7253 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7254 # endif 7255 } 7256 7257 col += wp->w_wincol; 7258 } 7259 7260 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7261 goto theend; 7262 7263 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7264 * the cursor away and back. */ 7265 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7266 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7267 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7268 7269 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7270 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7271 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7272 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7273 stl, use_sandbox, 7274 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7275 vim_free(stl); 7276 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7277 7278 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7279 p = transstr(buf); 7280 if (p != NULL) 7281 { 7282 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7283 vim_free(p); 7284 } 7285 7286 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7287 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7288 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7289 { 7290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7291 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7292 #else 7293 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7294 #endif 7295 ++width; 7296 } 7297 buf[len] = NUL; 7298 7299 /* 7300 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7301 */ 7302 curattr = attr; 7303 p = buf; 7304 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7305 { 7306 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7307 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7308 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7309 p = hltab[n].start; 7310 7311 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7312 curattr = attr; 7313 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7314 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7315 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7316 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7317 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7318 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7319 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7320 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7321 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7322 #endif 7323 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7324 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7325 else 7326 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7327 } 7328 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7329 7330 if (wp == NULL) 7331 { 7332 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7333 col = 0; 7334 len = 0; 7335 p = buf; 7336 fillchar = 0; 7337 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7338 { 7339 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7340 while (col < len) 7341 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7342 p = tabtab[n].start; 7343 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7344 } 7345 while (col < Columns) 7346 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7347 } 7348 7349 theend: 7350 entered = FALSE; 7351 } 7352 7353 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7354 7355 /* 7356 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7357 */ 7358 void 7359 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7360 { 7361 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7362 7363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7364 if (has_mbyte) 7365 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7366 else 7367 #endif 7368 { 7369 buf[0] = c; 7370 buf[1] = NUL; 7371 } 7372 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7373 } 7374 7375 /* 7376 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7377 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7378 */ 7379 void 7380 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7381 { 7382 unsigned off; 7383 7384 /* safety check */ 7385 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7386 { 7387 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7388 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7389 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7390 bytes[1] = NUL; 7391 7392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7393 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7394 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7395 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7396 { 7397 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7398 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7399 bytes[2] = NUL; 7400 } 7401 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7402 { 7403 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7404 bytes[2] = NUL; 7405 } 7406 #endif 7407 } 7408 } 7409 7410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7411 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7412 7413 /* 7414 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7415 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7416 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7417 */ 7418 static int 7419 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7420 { 7421 int i; 7422 7423 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7424 { 7425 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7426 return TRUE; 7427 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7428 break; 7429 } 7430 return FALSE; 7431 } 7432 #endif 7433 7434 /* 7435 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7436 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7437 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7438 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7439 */ 7440 void 7441 screen_puts( 7442 char_u *text, 7443 int row, 7444 int col, 7445 int attr) 7446 { 7447 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7448 } 7449 7450 /* 7451 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7452 * a NUL. 7453 */ 7454 void 7455 screen_puts_len( 7456 char_u *text, 7457 int textlen, 7458 int row, 7459 int col, 7460 int attr) 7461 { 7462 unsigned off; 7463 char_u *ptr = text; 7464 int len = textlen; 7465 int c; 7466 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7467 unsigned max_off; 7468 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7469 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7470 int u8c = 0; 7471 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7472 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7473 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7474 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7475 int pc, nc, nc1; 7476 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7477 # endif 7478 #endif 7479 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7480 int force_redraw_this; 7481 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7482 #endif 7483 int need_redraw; 7484 7485 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7486 return; 7487 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7488 7489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7490 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7491 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7492 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7493 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7494 && !gui.in_use 7495 # endif 7496 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7497 { 7498 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7499 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7500 if (enc_utf8) 7501 { 7502 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7503 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7504 } 7505 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7506 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7507 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7508 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7509 } 7510 #endif 7511 7512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7513 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7514 #endif 7515 while (col < screen_Columns 7516 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7517 && *ptr != NUL) 7518 { 7519 c = *ptr; 7520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7521 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7522 if (has_mbyte) 7523 { 7524 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7525 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7526 else 7527 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7528 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7529 mbyte_cells = 1; 7530 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7531 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7532 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7533 { 7534 if (len >= 0) 7535 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7536 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7537 else 7538 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7539 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7540 # ifdef UNICODE16 7541 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7542 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7543 { 7544 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7545 if (attr == 0) 7546 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7547 } 7548 # endif 7549 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7550 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7551 { 7552 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7553 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7554 { 7555 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7556 nc = NUL; 7557 nc1 = NUL; 7558 } 7559 else 7560 { 7561 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7562 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7563 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7564 } 7565 pc = prev_c; 7566 prev_c = u8c; 7567 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7568 } 7569 else 7570 prev_c = u8c; 7571 # endif 7572 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7573 { 7574 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7575 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7576 c = '>'; 7577 mbyte_cells = 1; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 } 7581 #endif 7582 7583 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7584 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7585 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7586 #endif 7587 7588 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7590 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7591 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7592 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7593 && c == 0x8e 7594 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7595 || (enc_utf8 7596 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7597 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7598 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7599 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7600 #endif 7601 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7602 || exmode_active; 7603 7604 if (need_redraw 7605 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7606 || force_redraw_this 7607 #endif 7608 ) 7609 { 7610 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7611 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7612 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7613 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7614 * and for some xterms. */ 7615 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7616 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7617 gui.in_use 7618 # endif 7619 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7620 || 7621 # endif 7622 # ifdef UNIX 7623 term_is_xterm 7624 # endif 7625 )) 7626 { 7627 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7628 7629 if (n > HL_ALL) 7630 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7631 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7632 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7633 } 7634 #endif 7635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7636 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7637 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7638 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7639 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7640 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7641 if (clear_next_cell) 7642 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7643 else if (has_mbyte 7644 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7645 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7646 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7647 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7648 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7649 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7650 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7651 7652 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7653 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7654 if (enc_dbcs 7655 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7656 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7657 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7658 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7659 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7660 #endif 7661 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7662 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7664 if (enc_utf8) 7665 { 7666 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7667 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7668 else 7669 { 7670 int i; 7671 7672 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7673 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7674 { 7675 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7676 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7677 break; 7678 } 7679 } 7680 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7681 { 7682 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7683 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7684 } 7685 screen_char(off, row, col); 7686 } 7687 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7688 { 7689 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7690 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7691 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7692 } 7693 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7694 { 7695 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7696 screen_char(off, row, col); 7697 } 7698 else 7699 #endif 7700 screen_char(off, row, col); 7701 } 7702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7703 if (has_mbyte) 7704 { 7705 off += mbyte_cells; 7706 col += mbyte_cells; 7707 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7708 if (clear_next_cell) 7709 { 7710 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7711 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7712 len = -1; 7713 } 7714 } 7715 else 7716 #endif 7717 { 7718 ++off; 7719 ++col; 7720 ++ptr; 7721 } 7722 } 7723 7724 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7725 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7726 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7727 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7728 { 7729 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7730 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7731 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7732 else 7733 # endif 7734 screen_char(off, row, col); 7735 } 7736 #endif 7737 } 7738 7739 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7740 /* 7741 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7742 */ 7743 static void 7744 start_search_hl(void) 7745 { 7746 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7747 { 7748 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7749 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7750 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7751 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7752 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7753 # endif 7754 } 7755 } 7756 7757 /* 7758 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7759 */ 7760 static void 7761 end_search_hl(void) 7762 { 7763 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7764 { 7765 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7766 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7767 } 7768 } 7769 7770 /* 7771 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7772 */ 7773 static void 7774 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7775 { 7776 matchitem_T *cur; 7777 7778 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7779 * match */ 7780 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7781 while (cur != NULL) 7782 { 7783 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7784 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7785 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7786 else 7787 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7788 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7789 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7790 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7791 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7792 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7793 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7794 # endif 7795 cur = cur->next; 7796 } 7797 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7798 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7799 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7800 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7801 } 7802 7803 /* 7804 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7805 */ 7806 static void 7807 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7808 { 7809 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7810 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7811 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7812 has been processed or not */ 7813 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7814 in progress */ 7815 int n; 7816 7817 /* 7818 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7819 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7820 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7821 */ 7822 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7823 shl_flag = FALSE; 7824 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7825 { 7826 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7827 { 7828 shl = &search_hl; 7829 shl_flag = TRUE; 7830 } 7831 else 7832 shl = &cur->hl; 7833 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7834 && shl->lnum == 0 7835 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7836 { 7837 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7838 { 7839 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7840 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7841 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7842 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7843 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7844 break; 7845 # else 7846 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7847 # endif 7848 } 7849 if (cur != NULL) 7850 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7851 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7852 n = 0; 7853 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7854 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7855 { 7856 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7857 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7858 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7859 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7860 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7861 { 7862 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7863 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7864 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7865 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7866 } 7867 else 7868 { 7869 ++shl->first_lnum; 7870 n = 0; 7871 } 7872 } 7873 } 7874 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7875 cur = cur->next; 7876 } 7877 } 7878 7879 /* 7880 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7881 * Uses shl->buf. 7882 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7883 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7884 * shl->lnum is zero. 7885 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7886 */ 7887 static void 7888 next_search_hl( 7889 win_T *win, 7890 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7891 linenr_T lnum, 7892 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7893 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7894 { 7895 linenr_T l; 7896 colnr_T matchcol; 7897 long nmatched; 7898 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 7899 7900 // for :{range}s/pat only highlight inside the range 7901 if (lnum < search_first_line || lnum > search_last_line) 7902 { 7903 shl->lnum = 0; 7904 return; 7905 } 7906 7907 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7908 { 7909 /* Check for three situations: 7910 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7911 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7912 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7913 */ 7914 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7915 if (lnum > l) 7916 shl->lnum = 0; 7917 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7918 return; 7919 } 7920 7921 /* 7922 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7923 * or none is found in this line. 7924 */ 7925 called_emsg = FALSE; 7926 for (;;) 7927 { 7928 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7929 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7930 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7931 { 7932 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7933 break; 7934 } 7935 #endif 7936 /* Three situations: 7937 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7938 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7939 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7940 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7941 */ 7942 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7943 matchcol = 0; 7944 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7945 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7946 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7947 { 7948 char_u *ml; 7949 7950 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7951 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7952 if (*ml == NUL) 7953 { 7954 ++matchcol; 7955 shl->lnum = 0; 7956 break; 7957 } 7958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7959 if (has_mbyte) 7960 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7961 else 7962 #endif 7963 ++matchcol; 7964 } 7965 else 7966 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7967 7968 shl->lnum = lnum; 7969 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7970 { 7971 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7972 * cur->match. */ 7973 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7974 && shl == &cur->hl 7975 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7976 int timed_out = FALSE; 7977 7978 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7979 matchcol, 7980 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7981 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7982 #else 7983 NULL, NULL 7984 #endif 7985 ); 7986 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7987 if (regprog_is_copy) 7988 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7989 7990 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7991 { 7992 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7993 if (shl == &search_hl) 7994 { 7995 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7996 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7997 set_no_hlsearch(TRUE); 7998 } 7999 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 8000 shl->lnum = 0; 8001 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 8002 message */ 8003 break; 8004 } 8005 } 8006 else if (cur != NULL) 8007 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 8008 else 8009 nmatched = 0; 8010 if (nmatched == 0) 8011 { 8012 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 8013 break; 8014 } 8015 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 8016 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 8017 || nmatched > 1 8018 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 8019 { 8020 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 8021 break; /* useful match found */ 8022 } 8023 } 8024 8025 // Restore called_emsg for assert_fails(). 8026 called_emsg = save_called_emsg; 8027 } 8028 8029 /* 8030 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 8031 * Return zero otherwise. 8032 */ 8033 static int 8034 next_search_hl_pos( 8035 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 8036 linenr_T lnum, 8037 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 8038 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 8039 { 8040 int i; 8041 int found = -1; 8042 8043 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 8044 { 8045 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 8046 8047 if (pos->lnum == 0) 8048 break; 8049 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 8050 continue; 8051 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 8052 { 8053 if (found >= 0) 8054 { 8055 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 8056 * them */ 8057 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 8058 { 8059 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 8060 8061 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 8062 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 8063 } 8064 } 8065 else 8066 found = i; 8067 } 8068 } 8069 posmatch->cur = 0; 8070 if (found >= 0) 8071 { 8072 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8073 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 8074 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8075 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 8076 8077 shl->lnum = lnum; 8078 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 8079 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 8080 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8081 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8082 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8083 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8084 return 1; 8085 } 8086 return 0; 8087 } 8088 #endif 8089 8090 static void 8091 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8092 { 8093 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8094 8095 screen_attr = attr; 8096 if (full_screen 8097 #ifdef WIN3264 8098 && termcap_active 8099 #endif 8100 ) 8101 { 8102 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8103 if (gui.in_use) 8104 { 8105 char buf[20]; 8106 8107 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8108 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8109 OUT_STR(buf); 8110 } 8111 else 8112 #endif 8113 { 8114 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8115 { 8116 if (IS_CTERM) 8117 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8118 else 8119 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8120 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8121 attr = 0; 8122 else 8123 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8124 } 8125 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && *T_MD != NUL) /* bold */ 8126 out_str(T_MD); 8127 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && ( 8128 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8129 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8130 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8131 : 8132 #endif 8133 t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)) 8134 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8135 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8136 out_str(T_ME); 8137 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && *T_SO != NUL) /* standout */ 8138 out_str(T_SO); 8139 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS != NUL) /* undercurl */ 8140 out_str(T_UCS); 8141 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 8142 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS == NUL)) 8143 && *T_US != NUL) 8144 out_str(T_US); 8145 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && *T_CZH != NUL) /* italic */ 8146 out_str(T_CZH); 8147 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && *T_MR != NUL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8148 out_str(T_MR); 8149 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && *T_STS != NUL) /* strike */ 8150 out_str(T_STS); 8151 8152 /* 8153 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8154 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8155 */ 8156 if (aep != NULL) 8157 { 8158 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8159 /* When 'termguicolors' is set but fg or bg is unset, 8160 * fall back to the cterm colors. This helps for SpellBad, 8161 * where the GUI uses a red undercurl. */ 8162 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8163 { 8164 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8165 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8166 } 8167 else 8168 #endif 8169 if (t_colors > 1) 8170 { 8171 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8172 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8173 } 8174 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8175 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8176 { 8177 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8178 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8179 } 8180 else 8181 #endif 8182 if (t_colors > 1) 8183 { 8184 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8185 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8186 } 8187 8188 if (!IS_CTERM) 8189 { 8190 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8191 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8192 } 8193 } 8194 } 8195 } 8196 } 8197 8198 void 8199 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8200 { 8201 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8202 8203 if (screen_attr != 0 8204 #ifdef WIN3264 8205 && termcap_active 8206 #endif 8207 ) 8208 { 8209 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8210 if (gui.in_use) 8211 { 8212 char buf[20]; 8213 8214 /* use internal GUI code */ 8215 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8216 OUT_STR(buf); 8217 } 8218 else 8219 #endif 8220 { 8221 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8222 { 8223 attrentry_T *aep; 8224 8225 if (IS_CTERM) 8226 { 8227 /* 8228 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8229 */ 8230 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8231 if (aep != NULL && (( 8232 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8233 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8234 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8235 : 8236 #endif 8237 aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) || ( 8238 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8239 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8240 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8241 : 8242 #endif 8243 aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))) 8244 do_ME = TRUE; 8245 } 8246 else 8247 { 8248 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8249 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8250 { 8251 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8252 do_ME = TRUE; 8253 else 8254 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8255 } 8256 } 8257 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8258 screen_attr = 0; 8259 else 8260 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8261 } 8262 8263 /* 8264 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8265 * same sequence several times. 8266 */ 8267 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8268 { 8269 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8270 do_ME = TRUE; 8271 else 8272 out_str(T_SE); 8273 } 8274 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE != NUL) 8275 { 8276 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 8277 do_ME = TRUE; 8278 else 8279 out_str(T_UCE); 8280 } 8281 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 8282 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE == NUL)) 8283 { 8284 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8285 do_ME = TRUE; 8286 else 8287 out_str(T_UE); 8288 } 8289 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8290 { 8291 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8292 do_ME = TRUE; 8293 else 8294 out_str(T_CZR); 8295 } 8296 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 8297 { 8298 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 8299 do_ME = TRUE; 8300 else 8301 out_str(T_STE); 8302 } 8303 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8304 out_str(T_ME); 8305 8306 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8307 if (p_tgc) 8308 { 8309 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8310 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8311 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8312 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8313 } 8314 else 8315 #endif 8316 { 8317 if (t_colors > 1) 8318 { 8319 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8320 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8321 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8322 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8323 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8324 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8325 out_str(T_MD); 8326 } 8327 } 8328 } 8329 } 8330 screen_attr = 0; 8331 } 8332 8333 /* 8334 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8335 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8336 */ 8337 void 8338 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8339 { 8340 if (IS_CTERM) 8341 { 8342 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8343 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8344 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8345 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8346 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8347 #else 8348 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8349 #endif 8350 { 8351 out_str(T_OP); 8352 screen_attr = -1; 8353 } 8354 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8355 { 8356 out_str(T_ME); 8357 screen_attr = -1; 8358 } 8359 } 8360 } 8361 8362 /* 8363 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8364 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8365 */ 8366 static void 8367 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8368 { 8369 int attr; 8370 8371 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8372 * resizing). */ 8373 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8374 return; 8375 8376 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8377 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8378 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8379 if (*T_XN == NUL 8380 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8381 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8382 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8383 && !cmdmsg_rl 8384 #endif 8385 ) 8386 { 8387 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8388 return; 8389 } 8390 8391 /* 8392 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8393 */ 8394 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8395 attr = screen_char_attr; 8396 else 8397 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8398 if (screen_attr != attr) 8399 screen_stop_highlight(); 8400 8401 windgoto(row, col); 8402 8403 if (screen_attr != attr) 8404 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8405 8406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8407 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8408 { 8409 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8410 8411 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8412 { 8413 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8414 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8415 && !gui.in_use 8416 # endif 8417 ) 8418 { 8419 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8420 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8421 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8422 term_windgoto(row, col); 8423 } 8424 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8425 * character */ 8426 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8427 } 8428 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8429 ++screen_cur_col; 8430 8431 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8432 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8433 out_str(buf); 8434 } 8435 else 8436 #endif 8437 { 8438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8439 out_flush_check(); 8440 #endif 8441 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8443 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8444 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8445 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8446 #endif 8447 } 8448 8449 screen_cur_col++; 8450 } 8451 8452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8453 8454 /* 8455 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8456 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8457 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8458 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8459 */ 8460 static void 8461 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8462 { 8463 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8464 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8465 return; 8466 8467 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8468 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8469 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8470 { 8471 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8472 return; 8473 } 8474 8475 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8476 * second byte directly. */ 8477 screen_char(off, row, col); 8478 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8479 ++screen_cur_col; 8480 } 8481 #endif 8482 8483 /* 8484 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8485 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8486 */ 8487 void 8488 screen_draw_rectangle( 8489 int row, 8490 int col, 8491 int height, 8492 int width, 8493 int invert) 8494 { 8495 int r, c; 8496 int off; 8497 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8498 int max_off; 8499 #endif 8500 8501 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8502 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8503 return; 8504 8505 if (invert) 8506 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8507 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8508 { 8509 off = LineOffset[r]; 8510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8511 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8512 #endif 8513 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8514 { 8515 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8516 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8517 { 8518 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8519 ++c; 8520 } 8521 else 8522 #endif 8523 { 8524 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8526 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8527 ++c; 8528 #endif 8529 } 8530 } 8531 } 8532 screen_char_attr = 0; 8533 } 8534 8535 /* 8536 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8537 */ 8538 static void 8539 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8540 { 8541 int col; 8542 int width; 8543 8544 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8545 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8546 # endif 8547 8548 if (wp == NULL) 8549 { 8550 col = 0; 8551 width = Columns; 8552 } 8553 else 8554 { 8555 col = wp->w_wincol; 8556 width = wp->w_width; 8557 } 8558 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8559 } 8560 8561 static void 8562 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8563 { 8564 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8565 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8566 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8567 if (enc_utf8) 8568 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8569 # endif 8570 } 8571 8572 /* 8573 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8574 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8575 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8576 */ 8577 void 8578 screen_fill( 8579 int start_row, 8580 int end_row, 8581 int start_col, 8582 int end_col, 8583 int c1, 8584 int c2, 8585 int attr) 8586 { 8587 int row; 8588 int col; 8589 int off; 8590 int end_off; 8591 int did_delete; 8592 int c; 8593 int norm_term; 8594 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8595 int force_next = FALSE; 8596 #endif 8597 8598 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8599 end_row = screen_Rows; 8600 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8601 end_col = screen_Columns; 8602 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8603 || start_row >= end_row 8604 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8605 return; 8606 8607 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8608 norm_term = ( 8609 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8610 !gui.in_use && 8611 #endif 8612 !IS_CTERM); 8613 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8614 { 8615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8616 if (has_mbyte 8617 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8618 && !gui.in_use 8619 # endif 8620 ) 8621 { 8622 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8623 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8624 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8625 * terminal. */ 8626 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8627 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8628 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8629 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8630 } 8631 #endif 8632 /* 8633 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8634 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8635 * space. 8636 */ 8637 did_delete = FALSE; 8638 if (c2 == ' ' 8639 && end_col == Columns 8640 && can_clear(T_CE) 8641 && (attr == 0 8642 || (norm_term 8643 && attr <= HL_ALL 8644 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8645 { 8646 /* 8647 * check if we really need to clear something 8648 */ 8649 col = start_col; 8650 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8651 ++col; 8652 8653 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8654 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8655 8656 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8658 if (enc_utf8) 8659 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8660 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8661 ++off; 8662 else 8663 #endif 8664 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8665 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8666 ++off; 8667 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8668 { 8669 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8670 screen_stop_highlight(); 8671 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8672 out_str(T_CE); 8673 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8674 col = end_col - col; 8675 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8676 { 8677 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8678 ++off; 8679 } 8680 } 8681 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8682 } 8683 8684 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8685 c = c1; 8686 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8687 { 8688 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8690 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8691 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8692 #endif 8693 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8694 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8695 || force_next 8696 #endif 8697 ) 8698 { 8699 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8700 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8701 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8702 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8703 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8704 if ( 8705 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8706 gui.in_use 8707 # endif 8708 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8709 || 8710 # endif 8711 # ifdef UNIX 8712 term_is_xterm 8713 # endif 8714 ) 8715 { 8716 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8717 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8718 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8719 force_next = TRUE; 8720 else 8721 force_next = FALSE; 8722 } 8723 #endif 8724 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8726 if (enc_utf8) 8727 { 8728 if (c >= 0x80) 8729 { 8730 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8731 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8732 } 8733 else 8734 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8735 } 8736 #endif 8737 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8738 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8739 screen_char(off, row, col); 8740 } 8741 ++off; 8742 if (col == start_col) 8743 { 8744 if (did_delete) 8745 break; 8746 c = c2; 8747 } 8748 } 8749 if (end_col == Columns) 8750 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8751 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8752 { 8753 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8754 if (start_col == 0 && end_col == Columns 8755 && c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ' && attr == 0) 8756 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8757 if (start_col == 0) 8758 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8759 } 8760 } 8761 } 8762 8763 /* 8764 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8765 * screen or the command line. 8766 */ 8767 void 8768 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8769 { 8770 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8771 && !did_wait_return 8772 && emsg_silent == 0) 8773 { 8774 out_flush(); 8775 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8776 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8777 if (check_msg_scroll) 8778 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8779 } 8780 } 8781 8782 /* 8783 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8784 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8785 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8786 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8787 */ 8788 int 8789 screen_valid(int doclear) 8790 { 8791 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8792 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8793 } 8794 8795 /* 8796 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8797 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8798 * 8799 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8800 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8801 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8802 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8803 * final size of the shell is needed. 8804 */ 8805 void 8806 screenalloc(int doclear) 8807 { 8808 int new_row, old_row; 8809 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8810 int old_Rows; 8811 #endif 8812 win_T *wp; 8813 int outofmem = FALSE; 8814 int len; 8815 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8817 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8818 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8819 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8820 int i; 8821 #endif 8822 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8823 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8824 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8825 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8826 tabpage_T *tp; 8827 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8828 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8829 int retry_count = 0; 8830 8831 retry: 8832 /* 8833 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8834 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8835 * screen stuff. 8836 */ 8837 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8838 && Rows == screen_Rows 8839 && Columns == screen_Columns 8840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8841 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8842 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8843 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8844 #endif 8845 ) 8846 || Rows == 0 8847 || Columns == 0 8848 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8849 return; 8850 8851 /* 8852 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8853 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8854 * return here. 8855 */ 8856 if (entered) 8857 return; 8858 entered = TRUE; 8859 8860 /* 8861 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8862 * thus we must not redraw here! 8863 */ 8864 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8865 8866 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8867 8868 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8869 8870 /* 8871 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8872 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8873 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8874 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8875 * - Free the old arrays. 8876 * 8877 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8878 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8879 * size is wrong. 8880 */ 8881 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8882 win_free_lsize(wp); 8883 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8884 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8885 8886 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8887 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8889 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8890 if (enc_utf8) 8891 { 8892 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8893 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8894 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8895 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8896 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8897 } 8898 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8899 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8900 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8901 #endif 8902 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8903 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8904 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8905 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8906 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8907 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8908 8909 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8910 { 8911 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8912 { 8913 outofmem = TRUE; 8914 goto give_up; 8915 } 8916 } 8917 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8918 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8919 outofmem = TRUE; 8920 give_up: 8921 8922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8923 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8924 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8925 break; 8926 #endif 8927 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8929 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8930 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8931 #endif 8932 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8933 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8934 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8935 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8936 || outofmem) 8937 { 8938 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8939 { 8940 /* guess the size */ 8941 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8942 8943 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8944 * and over again. */ 8945 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8946 } 8947 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines); 8948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8949 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8950 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8951 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8952 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines2); 8953 #endif 8954 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenAttrs); 8955 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineOffset); 8956 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineWraps); 8957 VIM_CLEAR(new_TabPageIdxs); 8958 } 8959 else 8960 { 8961 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8962 8963 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8964 { 8965 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8966 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8967 8968 /* 8969 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8970 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8971 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8972 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8973 */ 8974 if (!doclear) 8975 { 8976 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8977 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8978 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8979 if (enc_utf8) 8980 { 8981 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8982 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8983 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8984 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8985 + new_row * Columns, 8986 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8987 } 8988 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8989 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8990 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8991 #endif 8992 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8993 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8994 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8995 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8996 { 8997 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8998 len = screen_Columns; 8999 else 9000 len = Columns; 9001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9002 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 9003 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 9004 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 9005 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 9006 #endif 9007 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9008 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 9009 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 9010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9011 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 9012 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 9013 { 9014 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9015 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 9016 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9017 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9018 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 9019 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9020 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 9021 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9022 } 9023 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 9024 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9025 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 9026 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 9027 #endif 9028 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 9029 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 9030 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9031 } 9032 } 9033 } 9034 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 9035 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 9036 } 9037 9038 free_screenlines(); 9039 9040 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 9041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9042 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 9043 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9044 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 9045 Screen_mco = p_mco; 9046 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 9047 #endif 9048 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 9049 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 9050 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 9051 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 9052 9053 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 9054 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 9055 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9056 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 9057 #endif 9058 screen_Rows = Rows; 9059 screen_Columns = Columns; 9060 9061 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 9062 if (doclear) 9063 screenclear2(); 9064 9065 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9066 else if (gui.in_use 9067 && !gui.starting 9068 && ScreenLines != NULL 9069 && old_Rows != Rows) 9070 { 9071 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 9072 /* 9073 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 9074 * command. 9075 */ 9076 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 9077 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 9078 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 9079 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 9080 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 9081 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 9082 } 9083 #endif 9084 9085 entered = FALSE; 9086 --RedrawingDisabled; 9087 9088 /* 9089 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9090 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9091 */ 9092 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9093 { 9094 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9095 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9096 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9097 goto retry; 9098 } 9099 } 9100 9101 void 9102 free_screenlines(void) 9103 { 9104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9105 int i; 9106 9107 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9108 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9109 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9110 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9111 #endif 9112 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9113 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9114 vim_free(LineOffset); 9115 vim_free(LineWraps); 9116 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9117 } 9118 9119 void 9120 screenclear(void) 9121 { 9122 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9123 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9124 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9125 } 9126 9127 static void 9128 screenclear2(void) 9129 { 9130 int i; 9131 9132 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9133 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9134 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9135 #endif 9136 ) 9137 return; 9138 9139 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9140 if (!gui.in_use) 9141 #endif 9142 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9143 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9144 9145 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9146 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9147 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9148 #endif 9149 9150 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9151 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9152 { 9153 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 9154 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9155 } 9156 9157 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9158 { 9159 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9160 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9161 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9162 } 9163 else 9164 { 9165 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9166 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9167 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9168 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9169 } 9170 9171 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9172 9173 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9174 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9175 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9176 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9177 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9178 compute_cmdrow(); 9179 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9180 msg_col = 0; 9181 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9182 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9183 msg_didany = FALSE; 9184 msg_didout = FALSE; 9185 } 9186 9187 /* 9188 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9189 */ 9190 static void 9191 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 9192 { 9193 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9195 if (enc_utf8) 9196 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9197 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9198 #endif 9199 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9200 } 9201 9202 /* 9203 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9204 * invalid value. 9205 */ 9206 static void 9207 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9208 { 9209 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9210 } 9211 9212 /* 9213 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9214 */ 9215 static void 9216 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9217 { 9218 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9219 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9220 9221 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9222 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9224 if (enc_utf8) 9225 { 9226 int i; 9227 9228 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9229 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9230 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9231 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9232 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9233 } 9234 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9235 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9236 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9237 #endif 9238 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9239 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9240 } 9241 9242 /* 9243 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9244 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9245 */ 9246 int 9247 can_clear(char_u *p) 9248 { 9249 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9250 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9251 || gui.in_use 9252 #endif 9253 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9254 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9255 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9256 #else 9257 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9258 #endif 9259 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9260 } 9261 9262 /* 9263 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9264 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9265 * code. 9266 */ 9267 void 9268 screen_start(void) 9269 { 9270 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9271 } 9272 9273 /* 9274 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9275 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9276 * characters sent to the terminal. 9277 */ 9278 void 9279 windgoto(int row, int col) 9280 { 9281 sattr_T *p; 9282 int i; 9283 int plan; 9284 int cost; 9285 int wouldbe_col; 9286 int noinvcurs; 9287 char_u *bs; 9288 int goto_cost; 9289 int attr; 9290 9291 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9292 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9293 9294 #define PLAN_LE 1 9295 #define PLAN_CR 2 9296 #define PLAN_NL 3 9297 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9298 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9299 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9300 return; 9301 9302 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9303 { 9304 /* Check for valid position. */ 9305 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9306 row = 0; 9307 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9308 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9309 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9310 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9311 9312 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9313 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9314 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9315 else 9316 noinvcurs = 0; 9317 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9318 9319 /* 9320 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9321 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9322 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9323 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9324 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9325 * 9326 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9327 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9328 * 9329 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9330 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9331 */ 9332 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9333 { 9334 /* 9335 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9336 * or T_LE. 9337 */ 9338 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9339 attr = screen_attr; 9340 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9341 { 9342 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9343 if (*T_LE) 9344 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9345 else 9346 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9347 if (*bs) 9348 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9349 else 9350 cost = 999; 9351 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9352 { 9353 plan = PLAN_CR; 9354 wouldbe_col = 0; 9355 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9356 } 9357 else 9358 { 9359 plan = PLAN_LE; 9360 wouldbe_col = col; 9361 } 9362 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9363 { 9364 cost += noinvcurs; 9365 attr = 0; 9366 } 9367 } 9368 9369 /* 9370 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9371 */ 9372 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9373 { 9374 plan = PLAN_NL; 9375 wouldbe_col = 0; 9376 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9377 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9378 { 9379 cost += noinvcurs; 9380 attr = 0; 9381 } 9382 } 9383 9384 /* 9385 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9386 */ 9387 else 9388 { 9389 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9390 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9391 cost = 0; 9392 } 9393 9394 /* 9395 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9396 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9397 */ 9398 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9399 if (i > 0) 9400 cost += i; 9401 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9402 { 9403 /* 9404 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9405 * stopping highlighting. 9406 */ 9407 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9408 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9409 --i; 9410 if (i != 0) 9411 { 9412 /* 9413 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9414 */ 9415 if (*--p == 0) 9416 { 9417 cost += noinvcurs; 9418 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9419 --i; 9420 } 9421 if (i != 0) 9422 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9423 } 9424 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9425 if (enc_utf8) 9426 { 9427 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9428 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9429 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9430 { 9431 cost = 999; 9432 break; 9433 } 9434 } 9435 #endif 9436 } 9437 9438 /* 9439 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9440 */ 9441 if (cost < goto_cost) 9442 { 9443 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9444 { 9445 if (noinvcurs) 9446 screen_stop_highlight(); 9447 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9448 { 9449 out_str(bs); 9450 --screen_cur_col; 9451 } 9452 } 9453 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9454 { 9455 if (noinvcurs) 9456 screen_stop_highlight(); 9457 out_char('\r'); 9458 screen_cur_col = 0; 9459 } 9460 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9461 { 9462 if (noinvcurs) 9463 screen_stop_highlight(); 9464 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9465 { 9466 out_char('\n'); 9467 ++screen_cur_row; 9468 } 9469 screen_cur_col = 0; 9470 } 9471 9472 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9473 if (i > 0) 9474 { 9475 /* 9476 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9477 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9478 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9479 */ 9480 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9481 { 9482 while (i-- > 0) 9483 out_char(*T_ND); 9484 } 9485 else 9486 { 9487 int off; 9488 9489 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9490 while (i-- > 0) 9491 { 9492 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9493 screen_stop_highlight(); 9494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9495 out_flush_check(); 9496 #endif 9497 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9499 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9500 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9501 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9502 #endif 9503 ++off; 9504 } 9505 } 9506 } 9507 } 9508 } 9509 else 9510 cost = 999; 9511 9512 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9513 { 9514 if (noinvcurs) 9515 screen_stop_highlight(); 9516 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9517 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9518 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9519 else 9520 term_windgoto(row, col); 9521 } 9522 screen_cur_row = row; 9523 screen_cur_col = col; 9524 } 9525 } 9526 9527 /* 9528 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9529 */ 9530 void 9531 setcursor(void) 9532 { 9533 setcursor_mayforce(FALSE); 9534 } 9535 9536 /* 9537 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9538 * When "force" is TRUE also when not redrawing. 9539 */ 9540 void 9541 setcursor_mayforce(int force) 9542 { 9543 if (force || redrawing()) 9544 { 9545 validate_cursor(); 9546 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9547 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9549 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9550 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9551 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9552 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9553 (has_mbyte 9554 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9555 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9556 # endif 9557 1)) : 9558 #endif 9559 curwin->w_wcol)); 9560 } 9561 } 9562 9563 9564 /* 9565 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9566 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9567 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9568 * scrolling. 9569 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9570 */ 9571 int 9572 win_ins_lines( 9573 win_T *wp, 9574 int row, 9575 int line_count, 9576 int invalid, 9577 int mayclear) 9578 { 9579 int did_delete; 9580 int nextrow; 9581 int lastrow; 9582 int retval; 9583 9584 if (invalid) 9585 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9586 9587 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9588 return FAIL; 9589 9590 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9591 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9592 9593 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9594 if (retval != MAYBE) 9595 return retval; 9596 9597 /* 9598 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9599 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9600 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9601 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9602 */ 9603 did_delete = FALSE; 9604 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9605 { 9606 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9607 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9608 did_delete = TRUE; 9609 else if (wp->w_next) 9610 return FAIL; 9611 } 9612 /* 9613 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9614 */ 9615 if (!did_delete) 9616 { 9617 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9618 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9619 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9620 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9621 if (lastrow > Rows) 9622 lastrow = Rows; 9623 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9624 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9625 ' ', ' ', 0); 9626 } 9627 9628 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9629 == FAIL) 9630 { 9631 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9632 if (did_delete) 9633 { 9634 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9635 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9636 } 9637 return FAIL; 9638 } 9639 9640 return OK; 9641 } 9642 9643 /* 9644 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9645 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9646 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9647 * scrolling 9648 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9649 */ 9650 int 9651 win_del_lines( 9652 win_T *wp, 9653 int row, 9654 int line_count, 9655 int invalid, 9656 int mayclear, 9657 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9658 { 9659 int retval; 9660 9661 if (invalid) 9662 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9663 9664 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9665 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9666 9667 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9668 if (retval != MAYBE) 9669 return retval; 9670 9671 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9672 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9673 return FAIL; 9674 9675 /* 9676 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9677 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9678 */ 9679 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9680 { 9681 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9682 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9683 { 9684 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9685 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9686 } 9687 } 9688 /* 9689 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9690 * command line later. 9691 */ 9692 else 9693 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9694 return OK; 9695 } 9696 9697 /* 9698 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9699 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9700 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9701 */ 9702 static int 9703 win_do_lines( 9704 win_T *wp, 9705 int row, 9706 int line_count, 9707 int mayclear, 9708 int del, 9709 int clear_attr) 9710 { 9711 int retval; 9712 9713 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9714 return FAIL; 9715 9716 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9717 * the lines. */ 9718 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9719 return FAIL; 9720 9721 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9722 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9723 { 9724 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9725 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9726 return FAIL; 9727 } 9728 9729 /* 9730 * Delete all remaining lines 9731 */ 9732 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9733 { 9734 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9735 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9736 ' ', ' ', 0); 9737 return OK; 9738 } 9739 9740 /* 9741 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9742 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9743 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9744 */ 9745 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9746 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9747 9748 /* 9749 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9750 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9751 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9752 * win_line(). 9753 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9754 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9755 * scroll-up . 9756 */ 9757 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9758 { 9759 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9760 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9761 if (del) 9762 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9763 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9764 else 9765 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9766 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9767 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9768 scroll_region_reset(); 9769 return retval; 9770 } 9771 9772 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9773 return FAIL; 9774 9775 return MAYBE; 9776 } 9777 9778 /* 9779 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9780 */ 9781 static void 9782 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9783 { 9784 while (wp != NULL) 9785 { 9786 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9787 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9788 wp = wp->w_next; 9789 } 9790 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9791 } 9792 9793 /* 9794 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9795 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9796 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9797 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9798 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9799 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9800 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9801 */ 9802 9803 /* 9804 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9805 */ 9806 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9807 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9808 #define USE_T_AL 3 9809 #define USE_T_CE 4 9810 #define USE_T_DL 5 9811 #define USE_T_SR 6 9812 #define USE_NL 7 9813 #define USE_T_CD 8 9814 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9815 9816 /* 9817 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9818 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9819 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9820 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9821 * 9822 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9823 */ 9824 int 9825 screen_ins_lines( 9826 int off, 9827 int row, 9828 int line_count, 9829 int end, 9830 int clear_attr, 9831 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9832 { 9833 int i; 9834 int j; 9835 unsigned temp; 9836 int cursor_row; 9837 int cursor_col = 0; 9838 int type; 9839 int result_empty; 9840 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9841 9842 /* 9843 * FAIL if 9844 * - there is no valid screen 9845 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9846 * - the line count is less than one 9847 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9848 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9849 */ 9850 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9851 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9852 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9853 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9854 #endif 9855 ) 9856 return FAIL; 9857 9858 /* 9859 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9860 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9861 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9862 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9863 * the insert is just empty lines 9864 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9865 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9866 * at once. 9867 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9868 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9869 * 1. 9870 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9871 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9872 * just empty lines. 9873 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9874 * just empty lines. 9875 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9876 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9877 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9878 * 9879 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9880 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9881 * exists. 9882 */ 9883 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9884 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9885 type = USE_REDRAW; 9886 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9887 type = USE_T_CD; 9888 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9889 type = USE_T_CAL; 9890 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9891 type = USE_T_CDL; 9892 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9893 type = USE_T_AL; 9894 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9895 type = USE_T_CE; 9896 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9897 type = USE_T_DL; 9898 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9899 type = USE_T_SR; 9900 else 9901 return FAIL; 9902 9903 /* 9904 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9905 * care of t_db if necessary. 9906 */ 9907 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9908 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9909 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9910 9911 /* 9912 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9913 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9914 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9915 */ 9916 if (*T_DB) 9917 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9918 9919 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9920 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9921 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9922 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9923 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9924 else 9925 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9926 #endif 9927 9928 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9929 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9930 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9931 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9932 #endif 9933 9934 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 9935 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 9936 9937 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9938 cursor_row = row; 9939 else 9940 cursor_row = row + off; 9941 9942 /* 9943 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9944 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9945 */ 9946 row += off; 9947 end += off; 9948 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9949 { 9950 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9951 { 9952 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9953 j = end - 1 - i; 9954 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9955 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9956 j += line_count; 9957 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9958 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9959 clear_attr); 9960 else 9961 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9962 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9963 } 9964 else 9965 { 9966 j = end - 1 - i; 9967 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9968 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9969 { 9970 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9971 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9972 } 9973 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9974 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9975 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9976 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9977 else 9978 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9979 } 9980 } 9981 9982 screen_stop_highlight(); 9983 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 9984 if (clear_attr != 0) 9985 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9986 9987 /* redraw the characters */ 9988 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9989 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9990 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9991 { 9992 term_append_lines(line_count); 9993 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9994 } 9995 else 9996 { 9997 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9998 { 9999 if (type == USE_T_AL) 10000 { 10001 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 10002 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10003 out_str(T_AL); 10004 } 10005 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 10006 out_str(T_SR); 10007 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10008 } 10009 } 10010 10011 /* 10012 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 10013 * have been scrolled down into the region. 10014 */ 10015 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 10016 { 10017 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10018 { 10019 windgoto(off + i, cursor_col); 10020 out_str(T_CE); 10021 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10022 } 10023 } 10024 10025 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10026 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10027 if (gui.in_use) 10028 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10029 #endif 10030 return OK; 10031 } 10032 10033 /* 10034 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 10035 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 10036 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 10037 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 10038 * 10039 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 10040 */ 10041 int 10042 screen_del_lines( 10043 int off, 10044 int row, 10045 int line_count, 10046 int end, 10047 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 10048 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 10049 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 10050 { 10051 int j; 10052 int i; 10053 unsigned temp; 10054 int cursor_row; 10055 int cursor_col = 0; 10056 int cursor_end; 10057 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 10058 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 10059 int type; 10060 10061 /* 10062 * FAIL if 10063 * - there is no valid screen 10064 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 10065 * - the line count is less than one 10066 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 10067 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 10068 */ 10069 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 10070 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 10071 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10072 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 10073 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 10074 #endif 10075 ) 10076 return FAIL; 10077 10078 /* 10079 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 10080 */ 10081 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 10082 10083 /* 10084 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 10085 * available. 10086 */ 10087 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 10088 10089 /* 10090 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10091 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10092 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10093 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10094 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10095 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10096 * none of the other ways work. 10097 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10098 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10099 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10100 */ 10101 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10102 type = USE_REDRAW; 10103 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10104 type = USE_T_CD; 10105 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10106 /* 10107 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10108 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10109 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10110 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10111 * the trick... 10112 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10113 * (Olaf Seibert) 10114 */ 10115 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10116 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10117 #else 10118 else if (row == 0 && ( 10119 #ifndef AMIGA 10120 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10121 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10122 line_count == 1 || 10123 #endif 10124 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10125 #endif 10126 type = USE_NL; 10127 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10128 type = USE_T_CDL; 10129 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10130 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 10131 type = USE_T_CE; 10132 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10133 type = USE_T_DL; 10134 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10135 type = USE_T_CDL; 10136 else 10137 return FAIL; 10138 10139 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10140 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10141 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10142 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10143 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10144 else 10145 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10146 #endif 10147 10148 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10149 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10150 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10151 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10152 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10153 #endif 10154 10155 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_wincol != 0 && *T_CSV != NUL && *T_CCS == NUL) 10156 cursor_col = wp->w_wincol; 10157 10158 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10159 { 10160 cursor_row = row; 10161 cursor_end = end; 10162 } 10163 else 10164 { 10165 cursor_row = row + off; 10166 cursor_end = end + off; 10167 } 10168 10169 /* 10170 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10171 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10172 */ 10173 row += off; 10174 end += off; 10175 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10176 { 10177 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10178 { 10179 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10180 j = row + i; 10181 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10182 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10183 j -= line_count; 10184 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10185 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10186 clear_attr); 10187 else 10188 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10189 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10190 } 10191 else 10192 { 10193 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10194 j = row + i; 10195 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10196 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10197 { 10198 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10199 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10200 } 10201 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10202 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10203 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10204 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10205 else 10206 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10207 } 10208 } 10209 10210 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 10211 screen_stop_highlight(); 10212 if (clear_attr != 0) 10213 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10214 10215 /* redraw the characters */ 10216 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10217 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10218 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10219 { 10220 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10221 out_str(T_CD); 10222 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10223 } 10224 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10225 { 10226 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10227 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10228 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10229 } 10230 /* 10231 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10232 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10233 * last line. 10234 */ 10235 else if (type == USE_NL) 10236 { 10237 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, cursor_col); 10238 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10239 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10240 } 10241 else 10242 { 10243 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10244 { 10245 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10246 { 10247 windgoto(cursor_row, cursor_col); 10248 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10249 } 10250 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10251 { 10252 windgoto(cursor_row + i, cursor_col); 10253 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10254 } 10255 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10256 } 10257 } 10258 10259 /* 10260 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10261 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10262 */ 10263 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10264 { 10265 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10266 { 10267 windgoto(cursor_end - i, cursor_col); 10268 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10269 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10270 } 10271 } 10272 10273 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10274 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10275 if (gui.in_use) 10276 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10277 #endif 10278 10279 return OK; 10280 } 10281 10282 /* 10283 * Show the current mode and ruler. 10284 * 10285 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10286 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10287 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10288 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10289 */ 10290 int 10291 showmode(void) 10292 { 10293 int need_clear; 10294 int length = 0; 10295 int do_mode; 10296 int attr; 10297 int nwr_save; 10298 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10299 int sub_attr; 10300 #endif 10301 10302 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10303 && ((State & INSERT) 10304 || restart_edit != NUL 10305 || VIsual_active)); 10306 if (do_mode || reg_recording != 0) 10307 { 10308 /* 10309 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10310 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10311 * it takes a bit of time. 10312 */ 10313 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10314 { 10315 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10316 return 0; 10317 } 10318 10319 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10320 10321 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10322 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10323 10324 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10325 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10326 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10327 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10328 10329 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10330 msg_pos_mode(); 10331 cursor_off(); 10332 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10333 if (do_mode) 10334 { 10335 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10336 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10337 if ( 10338 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10339 preedit_get_status() 10340 # else 10341 im_get_status() 10342 # endif 10343 ) 10344 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10345 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10346 # else 10347 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10348 # endif 10349 #endif 10350 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10351 if (gui.in_use) 10352 { 10353 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10354 { 10355 /* HANGUL */ 10356 if (enc_utf8) 10357 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10358 else 10359 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10360 } 10361 } 10362 #endif 10363 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10364 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10365 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10366 { 10367 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10368 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10369 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10370 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10371 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10372 if (length > 0) 10373 { 10374 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10375 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10376 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10377 { 10378 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10379 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10380 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10381 } 10382 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10383 { 10384 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10385 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10386 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10387 else 10388 sub_attr = attr; 10389 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10390 } 10391 } 10392 } 10393 else 10394 #endif 10395 { 10396 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10397 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10398 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10399 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10400 else if (State & INSERT) 10401 { 10402 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10403 if (p_ri) 10404 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10405 #endif 10406 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10407 } 10408 else if (restart_edit == 'I' || restart_edit == 'A') 10409 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10410 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10411 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10412 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10413 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10414 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10415 if (p_hkmap) 10416 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10417 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10418 if (p_fkmap) 10419 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10420 # endif 10421 #endif 10422 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10423 if (State & LANGMAP) 10424 { 10425 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10426 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10427 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10428 else 10429 # endif 10430 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10431 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10432 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10433 } 10434 #endif 10435 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10436 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10437 10438 if (VIsual_active) 10439 { 10440 char *p; 10441 10442 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10443 * problems. */ 10444 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10445 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10446 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10447 { 10448 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10449 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10450 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10451 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10452 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10453 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10454 } 10455 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10456 } 10457 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10458 } 10459 10460 need_clear = TRUE; 10461 } 10462 if (reg_recording != 0 10463 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10464 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10465 #endif 10466 ) 10467 { 10468 recording_mode(attr); 10469 need_clear = TRUE; 10470 } 10471 10472 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10473 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10474 msg_clr_eos(); 10475 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10476 length = msg_col; 10477 msg_col = 0; 10478 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10479 } 10480 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10481 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10482 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10483 10484 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10485 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10486 if (VIsual_active) 10487 clear_showcmd(); 10488 10489 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10490 * message and must be redrawn */ 10491 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10492 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE, FALSE); 10493 #endif 10494 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10495 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10496 10497 return length; 10498 } 10499 10500 /* 10501 * Position for a mode message. 10502 */ 10503 static void 10504 msg_pos_mode(void) 10505 { 10506 msg_col = 0; 10507 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10508 } 10509 10510 /* 10511 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10512 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10513 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10514 */ 10515 void 10516 unshowmode(int force) 10517 { 10518 /* 10519 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10520 */ 10521 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10522 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10523 else 10524 clearmode(); 10525 } 10526 10527 /* 10528 * Clear the mode message. 10529 */ 10530 void 10531 clearmode(void) 10532 { 10533 int save_msg_row = msg_row; 10534 int save_msg_col = msg_col; 10535 10536 msg_pos_mode(); 10537 if (reg_recording != 0) 10538 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10539 msg_clr_eos(); 10540 10541 msg_col = save_msg_col; 10542 msg_row = save_msg_row; 10543 } 10544 10545 static void 10546 recording_mode(int attr) 10547 { 10548 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10549 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10550 { 10551 char_u s[4]; 10552 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", reg_recording); 10553 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10554 } 10555 } 10556 10557 /* 10558 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10559 */ 10560 static void 10561 draw_tabline(void) 10562 { 10563 int tabcount = 0; 10564 tabpage_T *tp; 10565 int tabwidth; 10566 int col = 0; 10567 int scol = 0; 10568 int attr; 10569 win_T *wp; 10570 win_T *cwp; 10571 int wincount; 10572 int modified; 10573 int c; 10574 int len; 10575 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10576 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10577 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10578 char_u *p; 10579 int room; 10580 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10581 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10582 && !gui.in_use 10583 #endif 10584 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10585 && !p_tgc 10586 #endif 10587 ); 10588 10589 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10590 return; 10591 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10592 10593 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10594 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10595 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10596 { 10597 gui_update_tabline(); 10598 return; 10599 } 10600 #endif 10601 10602 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10603 return; 10604 10605 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10606 10607 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10608 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10609 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10610 10611 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10612 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10613 { 10614 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10615 10616 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10617 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10618 did_emsg = FALSE; 10619 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10620 if (did_emsg) 10621 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10622 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10623 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10624 } 10625 else 10626 #endif 10627 { 10628 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10629 ++tabcount; 10630 10631 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10632 if (tabwidth < 6) 10633 tabwidth = 6; 10634 10635 attr = attr_nosel; 10636 tabcount = 0; 10637 scol = 0; 10638 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10639 tp = tp->tp_next) 10640 { 10641 scol = col; 10642 10643 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10644 attr = attr_sel; 10645 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10646 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10647 10648 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10649 attr = attr_nosel; 10650 10651 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10652 10653 if (tp == curtab) 10654 { 10655 cwp = curwin; 10656 wp = firstwin; 10657 } 10658 else 10659 { 10660 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10661 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10662 } 10663 10664 modified = FALSE; 10665 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10666 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10667 modified = TRUE; 10668 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10669 { 10670 if (wincount > 1) 10671 { 10672 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10673 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10674 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10675 break; 10676 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10677 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10678 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10679 #else 10680 attr 10681 #endif 10682 ); 10683 col += len; 10684 } 10685 if (modified) 10686 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10687 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10688 } 10689 10690 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10691 if (room > 0) 10692 { 10693 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10694 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10695 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10696 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10697 p = NameBuff; 10698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10699 if (has_mbyte) 10700 while (len > room) 10701 { 10702 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10703 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10704 } 10705 else 10706 #endif 10707 if (len > room) 10708 { 10709 p += len - room; 10710 len = room; 10711 } 10712 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10713 len = Columns - col - 1; 10714 10715 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10716 col += len; 10717 } 10718 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10719 10720 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10721 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10722 ++tabcount; 10723 while (scol < col) 10724 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10725 } 10726 10727 if (use_sep_chars) 10728 c = '_'; 10729 else 10730 c = ' '; 10731 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10732 10733 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10734 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10735 { 10736 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10737 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10738 } 10739 } 10740 10741 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10742 * set. */ 10743 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10744 } 10745 10746 /* 10747 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10748 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10749 */ 10750 void 10751 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10752 { 10753 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10754 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10755 else 10756 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10757 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10758 } 10759 10760 /* 10761 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10762 */ 10763 static int 10764 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10765 { 10766 int fill; 10767 10768 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10769 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10770 { 10771 if (wp == curwin) 10772 { 10773 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10774 fill = fill_stl; 10775 } 10776 else 10777 { 10778 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10779 fill = fill_stlnc; 10780 } 10781 } 10782 else 10783 #endif 10784 if (wp == curwin) 10785 { 10786 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10787 fill = fill_stl; 10788 } 10789 else 10790 { 10791 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10792 fill = fill_stlnc; 10793 } 10794 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10795 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10796 * current window */ 10797 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10798 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10799 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10800 return fill; 10801 if (wp == curwin) 10802 return '^'; 10803 return '='; 10804 } 10805 10806 /* 10807 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10808 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10809 */ 10810 static int 10811 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10812 { 10813 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10814 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10815 return '|'; 10816 else 10817 return fill_vert; 10818 } 10819 10820 /* 10821 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10822 */ 10823 int 10824 redrawing(void) 10825 { 10826 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10827 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10828 return 0; 10829 else 10830 #endif 10831 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10832 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10833 } 10834 10835 /* 10836 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10837 */ 10838 int 10839 messaging(void) 10840 { 10841 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10842 } 10843 10844 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10845 /* 10846 * Draw the window toolbar. 10847 */ 10848 static void 10849 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10850 { 10851 vimmenu_T *menu; 10852 int item_idx = 0; 10853 int item_count = 0; 10854 int col = 0; 10855 int next_col; 10856 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10857 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10858 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10859 10860 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10861 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10862 ++item_count; 10863 wp->w_winbar_items = (winbar_item_T *)alloc_clear( 10864 (unsigned)sizeof(winbar_item_T) * (item_count + 1)); 10865 10866 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10867 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10868 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10869 { 10870 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10871 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10872 break; 10873 if (col > 1) 10874 { 10875 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10876 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10877 break; 10878 } 10879 10880 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10881 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10882 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10883 break; 10884 10885 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10886 while (col < next_col) 10887 { 10888 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10889 ++col; 10890 } 10891 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10892 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10893 ++item_idx; 10894 10895 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10896 break; 10897 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10898 ++col; 10899 } 10900 while (col < wp->w_width) 10901 { 10902 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10903 ++col; 10904 } 10905 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 10906 10907 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 10908 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 10909 } 10910 #endif 10911 10912 /* 10913 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10914 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10915 */ 10916 void 10917 showruler(int always) 10918 { 10919 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10920 return; 10921 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10922 if (pum_visible()) 10923 { 10924 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10925 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10926 return; 10927 } 10928 #endif 10929 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10930 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10931 { 10932 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10933 } 10934 else 10935 #endif 10936 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10937 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always, FALSE); 10938 #endif 10939 10940 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10941 if (need_maketitle 10942 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10943 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10944 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10945 # endif 10946 ) 10947 maketitle(); 10948 #endif 10949 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10950 if (redraw_tabline) 10951 draw_tabline(); 10952 } 10953 10954 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10955 static void 10956 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always, int ignore_pum) 10957 { 10958 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10959 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10960 int row; 10961 int fillchar; 10962 int attr; 10963 int empty_line = FALSE; 10964 colnr_T virtcol; 10965 int i; 10966 size_t len; 10967 int o; 10968 int this_ru_col; 10969 int off = 0; 10970 int width = Columns; 10971 10972 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10973 if (!p_ru) 10974 return; 10975 10976 /* 10977 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10978 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10979 */ 10980 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10981 return; 10982 10983 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10984 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10985 * the (long) mode message. */ 10986 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10987 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10988 return; 10989 // Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. 10990 // Except when the popup menu will be redrawn anyway. 10991 if (!ignore_pum && pum_visible()) 10992 return; 10993 #endif 10994 10995 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10996 if (*p_ruf) 10997 { 10998 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10999 11000 called_emsg = FALSE; 11001 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 11002 if (called_emsg) 11003 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 11004 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 11005 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 11006 return; 11007 } 11008 #endif 11009 11010 /* 11011 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 11012 */ 11013 if (!(State & INSERT) 11014 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 11015 empty_line = TRUE; 11016 11017 /* 11018 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 11019 */ 11020 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 11021 if ( redraw_cmdline 11022 || always 11023 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 11024 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 11025 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 11026 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 11027 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 11028 #endif 11029 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 11030 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 11031 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11032 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 11033 #endif 11034 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 11035 { 11036 cursor_off(); 11037 if (wp->w_status_height) 11038 { 11039 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 11040 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 11041 off = wp->w_wincol; 11042 width = wp->w_width; 11043 } 11044 else 11045 { 11046 row = Rows - 1; 11047 fillchar = ' '; 11048 attr = 0; 11049 width = Columns; 11050 off = 0; 11051 } 11052 11053 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 11054 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11055 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 11056 { 11057 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 11058 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 11059 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 11060 } 11061 11062 /* 11063 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 11064 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 11065 */ 11066 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 11067 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 11068 ? 0L 11069 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 11070 len = STRLEN(buffer); 11071 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 11072 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 11073 (int)virtcol + 1); 11074 11075 /* 11076 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 11077 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 11078 * screen up on some terminals). 11079 */ 11080 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 11081 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 11082 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 11083 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 11084 ++o; 11085 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 11086 if (this_ru_col < 0) 11087 this_ru_col = 0; 11088 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 11089 * half for the filename. */ 11090 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 11091 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 11092 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 11093 { 11094 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 11095 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 11096 { 11097 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11098 if (has_mbyte) 11099 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11100 else 11101 #endif 11102 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11103 ++o; 11104 } 11105 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11106 } 11107 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11109 if (has_mbyte) 11110 { 11111 o = 0; 11112 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11113 { 11114 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11115 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 11116 { 11117 buffer[i] = NUL; 11118 break; 11119 } 11120 } 11121 } 11122 else 11123 #endif 11124 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 11125 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11126 11127 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 11128 i = redraw_cmdline; 11129 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11130 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11131 (int)(off + width), 11132 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11133 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11134 redraw_cmdline = i; 11135 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11136 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11137 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11138 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11139 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11140 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11141 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11142 #endif 11143 } 11144 } 11145 #endif 11146 11147 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11148 /* 11149 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11150 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11151 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11152 */ 11153 int 11154 number_width(win_T *wp) 11155 { 11156 int n; 11157 linenr_T lnum; 11158 11159 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11160 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11161 lnum = wp->w_height; 11162 else 11163 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11164 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11165 11166 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11167 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11168 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11169 11170 n = 0; 11171 do 11172 { 11173 lnum /= 10; 11174 ++n; 11175 } while (lnum > 0); 11176 11177 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11178 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11179 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11180 11181 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11182 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11183 return n; 11184 } 11185 #endif 11186 11187 /* 11188 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11189 * screen. First column is 0. 11190 */ 11191 int 11192 screen_screencol(void) 11193 { 11194 return screen_cur_col; 11195 } 11196 11197 /* 11198 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11199 * First row is 0. 11200 */ 11201 int 11202 screen_screenrow(void) 11203 { 11204 return screen_cur_row; 11205 } 11206